English: unfoldingWord® Translation Notes

Updated ? hours ago # views See on DCS

Matthew

Matthew front

Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of the Book of Matthew
  1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
  2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
  3. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
  4. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
  5. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)
  6. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)
  7. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)
  8. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
  9. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
  10. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
  11. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)
What is the book of Matthew about?

The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: Christ, Messiah)

How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: How to Translate Names)

Who wrote the Book of Matthew?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What is the “kingdom of heaven?”

Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.

What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God and disciple and parable)

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: Son of Man, son of man)

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:

  • “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)
  • “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)
  • “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)
  • “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)
  • “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)
  • “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)

Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 1

Matthew 01 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.

Special concepts in this chapter

Genealogy

A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could become king. Most important people had records of their genealogies.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Use of the passive voice

Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 1:1

The author begins with Jesus’ genealogy in order to show that he is a descendant of King David and of Abraham. The genealogy continues through Matthew 1:17.

βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ

You could translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the list of the ancestors of Jesus Christ”

Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ

There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”

υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ

Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.

Matthew 1:2

Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ

“Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.

Ἰσαὰκ…ἐγέννησεν…Ἰακὼβ…ἐγέννησεν

Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father…Jacob was the father” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 1:3

Φαρὲς…Ζάρα…Ἑσρώμ…Ἀράμ

These are names of men. (See: How to Translate Names)

Φαρὲς…ἐγέννησεν…Ἑσρὼμ…ἐγέννησεν

Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father…Hezron was the father” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 1:4

Ἀμιναδὰβ…ἐγέννησεν…Ναασσὼν…ἐγέννησεν

Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father…Nahshon was the father” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 1:5

Σαλμὼν…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ

“Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz’s mother was Rahab” or “Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz”

Βόες…ἐγέννησεν…Ἰωβὴδ…ἐγέννησεν

Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father…Obed was the father” (See: Ellipsis)

Βόες…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ

“Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”

Matthew 1:6

Δαυεὶδ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου

Here the word “was” is understood. “David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon’s mother was Uriah’s wife” or “David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon” (See: Ellipsis)

τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου

“the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.

Matthew 1:7

Ῥοβοὰμ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ

The word “was” is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 1:10

τὸν Ἀμώς

Sometimes this is translated “Amos.”

Matthew 1:11

Ἰωσίας…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν

A more specific term for “ancestor” can also be used, particularly if the word “ancestor” would only be used for someone who lived before one’s grandparents. Alternate translation: “Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah”

ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος

“when they were forced to move to Babylon” or “when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon.” If your language needs to specify who went to Babylon, you could say “the Israelites” or “the Israelites who lived in Judah.”

Βαβυλῶνος

Here this means the country of Babylon, not just the city of Babylon.

Matthew 1:12

μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος

Use the same wording you used in Matthew 1:11.

Σαλαθιὴλ…ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ

Shealtiel was Zerubbabel’s grandfather.

Matthew 1:15

The author concludes Jesus’ genealogy, which began in Matthew 1:1.

Matthew 1:16

Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 1:17

δεκατέσσαρες

“14” (See: Numbers)

τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος

Use the same wording you used in Matthew 1:11.

Matthew 1:18

This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.

μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ

“His mother, Mary, was going to marry Joseph.” Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: “The parents of Mary, the mother of Jesus, had promised her in marriage to Joseph” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας

Translate in a way that makes it clear that Jesus was not already born when Mary was engaged to Joseph. Alternate translation: “Mary, who would be the mother of Jesus, was engaged” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς

“before they got married.” This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. Alternate translation: “before they had slept together” (See: Euphemism)

εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they realized that she was going to have a baby” or “it happened that she was pregnant” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου

The power of the Holy Spirit had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man.

Matthew 1:19

Ἰωσὴφ…ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς

Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν

“cancel their plans to get married”

Matthew 1:20

αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος

“As Joseph thought”

κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ

“came to him while Joseph was dreaming”

υἱὸς Δαυείδ

Here “son” means “descendant.”

τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 1:21

τέξεται…υἱὸν

Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.

καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ

“you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command.

αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει

Translator may add a footnote that says “The name ‘Jesus’ means ‘the Lord saves.’”

τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ

This refers to the Jews.

Matthew 1:22

The author quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ birth was according to scripture. (See: Background Information)

τοῦτο…ὅλον γέγονεν

The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.

τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

τοῦ προφήτου

There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Isaiah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Isaiah” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 1:23

ἰδοὺ…Ἐμμανουήλ

Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.

ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος

“Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin”

Ἐμμανουήλ

This is a male name. (See: How to Translate Names)

ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός

This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name “Immanuel.” You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “This name means ‘God with us.’”

Matthew 1:24

The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.

ὡς προσέταξεν…ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου

The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.

παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ

“he married Mary”

Matthew 1:25

οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν

This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: Euphemism)

υἱόν

“to a male baby” or “to her son.” Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.

καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν

“Joseph named the child Jesus”

Matthew 2

Matthew 02 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

“His star”

These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: sign, proof, reminder)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“Learned men”

English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include “magi” and “wise men.” These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word “learned men.”

Matthew 2:1

A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.

Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας

“the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”

ἐν…ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως

“when Herod was king there”

Ἡρῴδου

This refers to Herod the Great.

μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν

“men from the east who studied the stars”

ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν

“from a country far east of Judea”

Matthew 2:2

ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων?

The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: “A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?”

αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα

They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the star. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth”

ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ

“as it came up in the east” or “while we were in our country”

προσκυνῆσαι

Possible meanings are (1) they intended to worship the baby as divine, or (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.

Matthew 2:3

ἐταράχθη

“he was worried.” Herod was worried that this baby would replace him as king.

πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα

Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people. Also, “all” means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: Metonymy and Hyperbole)

Matthew 2:4

In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.

Matthew 2:5

ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας

“In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”

οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 2:6

σύ Βηθλέεμ…οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα

Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem,…your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: Apostrophe and Litotes)

ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ

Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 2:7

Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους

This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing.

ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος

This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος

It is implied that the learned men told him when the star appeared. Alternate translation: “what time the star had appeared. The learned men told Herod when the star first appeared” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 2:8

τοῦ παιδίου

This refers to Jesus.

ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι

“let me know” or “tell me” or “report back to me”

προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ

See how you translated this in Matthew 2:2.

Matthew 2:9

οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες

“After the learned men”

εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ

“they had seen come up in the east” or “they had seen in their country”

προῆγεν αὐτούς

“guided them” or “led them”

ἐστάθη ἐπάνω

“stopped over”

οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον

“the place where the young child was staying”

Matthew 2:11

Here the scene shifts to the house where Mary, Joseph, and the young Jesus were living.

ἐλθόντες

“The learned men went”

πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ

“They knelt down and put their faces close to the ground.” They did this to honor Jesus. (See: Symbolic Action)

τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν

Here “treasures” refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 2:12

χρηματισθέντες

“Afterwards, God warned the learned men.” God knew that Herod wanted to harm the child.

κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην

This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “dream, saying, ‘Do not go back to King Herod,’ so” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 2:13

In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.

ἀναχωρησάντων…αὐτῶν

“the learned men had departed”

φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ

“came to Joseph while he was dreaming”

ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε…φεῦγε…ἴσθι…σοι

God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: Forms of You)

ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι

The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

εἴπω σοι

Here “I” refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.

Matthew 2:15

ἦν

It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “They remained” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου

Herod does not die until Matthew 2:19. This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.

ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν Υἱόν μου

“I have called my son out of Egypt”

τὸν Υἱόν μου

In Hosea this refers to the people of Israel. Matthew quoted it to say that this was true of God’s Son, Jesus. Translate it using a word for son that could refer to the only son or the first son.

Matthew 2:16

These events happen before Herod’s death, which Matthew mentioned in Matthew 2:15. (See: Order of Events)

Here the scene shifts back to Herod and tells what he did when he learned that the learned men had deceived him.

ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας

Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: “He gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “He sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω

“2 years old and younger” (See: Numbers)

κατὰ τὸν χρόνον

“based on the time”

Matthew 2:17

Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.

τότε ἐπληρώθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: Active or Passive)

τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 2:18

φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη…οὐκ εἰσίν

Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.

φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: Active or Passive)

Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς

Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.

οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: Active or Passive)

ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν

“because the children were gone and would never return.” Here “were no more” is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 2:19

Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.

ἰδοὺ

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.

Matthew 2:20

οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου

Here “sought the child’s life” is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. “Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: Euphemism)

οἱ ζητοῦντες

This refers to King Herod and his advisors.

Matthew 2:22

This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 2:1 about Herod’s attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.

ἀκούσας δὲ

“But when Joseph heard”

Ἀρχέλαος

This is the name of Herod’s son. (See: How to Translate Names)

ἐφοβήθη

“Joseph was afraid”

Matthew 2:23

τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophets” (See: Active or Passive)

Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται

Here “he” refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: “people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene” (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 3

Matthew 03 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.

Special concepts in this chapter

“Bear fruit worthy of repentance”

Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: fruit, fruitful, unfruitful)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“The kingdom of heaven is near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”

Matthew 3:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God’s appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus’ ministry.

ἐν…ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις

This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: “Some time later” or “Some years later”

Matthew 3:2

μετανοεῖτε

This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: Forms of You)

ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 3:3

οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said” (See: Active or Passive)

φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ

This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”

ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ

These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: Parallelism)

ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου

“Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: Metaphor and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 3:4

δὲ…μέλι ἄγριον

The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: Background Information)

εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ

This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: Symbolic Action and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 3:5

τότε…Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος

The words “Jerusalem,” “Judea,” and “the region” are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: Metonymy and Hyperbole)

Matthew 3:6

ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐβαπτίζοντο

This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.

Matthew 3:7

John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.

γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς

This is a metaphor. Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes! Who” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who” (See: Metaphor)

τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς?

John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: “you cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “do not think that you can flee from God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς

The word “wrath” is being used to refer to God’s punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: “run away from the punishment that is coming” or “escape because God is about to punish you” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 3:8

ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας

The phrase “bear fruit” is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:9

πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ

“Abraham is our ancestor” or “We are descendants of Abraham.” The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of Abraham. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.

ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ

“God is able to make physical descendants out of even these stones and give them to Abraham”

Matthew 3:10

John the Baptist continues to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.

ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται

This metaphor means God is ready to punish sinners. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has his axe and he is ready to cut down and burn any tree that grows bad fruit” or “As a person gets his axe ready to cut down and burn a tree that grows bad fruit, God is ready to punish you for your sins” (See: Metaphor and Active or Passive)

Matthew 3:11

εἰς μετάνοιαν

“to show that you have repented”

ὁ δὲ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος

Jesus is the person who comes after John.

ἰσχυρότερός μού ἐστιν

“is more important than I am”

αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί

This metaphor compares John’s baptism with water to the future baptism with fire. This means John’s baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by Holy Spirit and fire will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the word “baptize” in your translation to keep the comparison to John’s baptism. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 3:12

οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ

This metaphor compares the way Christ will separate the righteous people from the unrighteous people to the way a man separates wheat grain from chaff. Alternate translation: “Christ is like a man whose winnowing fork is in his hand” (See: Metaphor)

οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ

Here “in his hand” means the person is ready to act. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: Idiom)

τὸ πτύον

This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: Translate Unknowns)

διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ

Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.

τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ

“his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”

συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ…ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ

This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer’s storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: Metaphor)

ἀσβέστῳ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will never burn out” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 3:13

Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.

βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 3:14

ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με?

John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 3:15

ἡμῖν

Here “us” refers to Jesus and John. (See: Inclusive and Exclusive “We”)

Matthew 3:16

This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.

βαπτισθεὶς δὲ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After John baptized Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus saw the sky open” or “God opened the heavens to Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν

Possible meanings are (1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or (2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: Simile)

Matthew 3:17

φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα

“Jesus heard a voice from heaven.” Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ Υἱός μου

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 4

Matthew 04 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“the kingdom of heaven has come near”

No one knows for use whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase “is coming near” and “has come near.”

“If you are the Son of God”

The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son (Matthew 3:17), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as “Because you are the Son of God” or “You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do.” (See: Satan, devil, evil one and Son of God, the Son)

Matthew 4:1

Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.

ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 4:2

νηστεύσας…ἐπείνασεν

These refer to Jesus.

ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα

“40 days and 40 nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 4:3

ὁ πειράζων

These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.

εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ

It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding”

Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται

You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἄρτοι

Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 4:4

γέγραπται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος

This implies that there is something more important to life than food.

ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ

Here “word” and “mouth” refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 4:5

In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.

Matthew 4:6

εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω

It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are (1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or (2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”

Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω

“let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”

γέγραπται γὰρ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ

“God will command his angels to take care of you, and” This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἀροῦσίν σε

“The angels will hold you”

Matthew 4:7

In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.

πάλιν γέγραπται

It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive and Ellipsis)

οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις

Here “you” refers to anyone. Alternate translation: “One should not test” or “No person should test”

Matthew 4:8

πάλιν…ὁ διάβολος

“Next, the devil”

Matthew 4:9

εἶπεν αὐτῷ

“The devil said to Jesus”

ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω

“I will give you all these things.” The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give “all these things,” not just some of them.

πεσὼν

“put your face near the ground.” This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 4:10

In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.

This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.

γέγραπται γάρ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις

Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 4:11

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.

Matthew 4:12

This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: Background Information)

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 4:13

ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ

“Zebulun” and “Naphtali” are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 4:14

In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy.

ἵνα

This refers to Jesus’ going to live in Capernaum.

τὸ ῥηθὲν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 4:15

γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν

These territories describe the same area.

ὁδὸν θαλάσσης

This is the Sea of Galilee.

Matthew 4:16

ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος

These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali…where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”

ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα

Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: Metaphor)

τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς

This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here “those who sat in the region and shadow of death” is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: Parallelism and Metaphor)

Matthew 4:17

ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “the kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 3:2. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 4:18

This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.

βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν

The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 4:19

δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου

Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples”

ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων

This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 4:21

Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.

ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς

“Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.

Matthew 4:22

οἱ…εὐθέως ἀφέντες

“at that moment they left”

ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον…ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ

It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.

Matthew 4:23

This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: End of Story)

διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν

“teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”

κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: Metonymy)

πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν

The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick.

μαλακίαν

is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.

Matthew 4:24

δαιμονιζομένους

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: Active or Passive)

σεληνιαζομένους

This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular epileptic. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes had seizures” or “those who sometimes became unconscious and moved uncontrollably” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

καὶ παραλυτικούς

This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular paralytic. Alternate translation: “and any who were paralyzed” or “and those who could not walk” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 4:25

Δεκαπόλεως

This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 5

Matthew 05 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.

Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Special concepts in this chapter

“His disciples”

It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.

Matthew 5:1

In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.

This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Jesus begins to teach his disciples. This part continues through the end of chapter 7 and is frequently called the Sermon on the Mount.

Matthew 5:2

ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to speak” (See: Idiom)

ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς

The word “them” refers to his disciples.

Matthew 5:3

οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι

This means someone who is humble. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: Idiom)

ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:4

οἱ πενθοῦντες

Possible reasons they are sad are (1) the sinfulness of the world or (2) their own sins or (3) the death of someone. Do not specify the reason for mourning unless your language requires it.

αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:5

οἱ πραεῖς

“the gentle” or “those who do not rely on their own power”

αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν

“God will give them the entire earth”

Matthew 5:6

οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην

This metaphor describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: Metaphor)

αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:8

οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ

“people whose hearts are pure.” Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being or intentions. Alternate translation: “those who only want to serve God” (See: Metonymy)

αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται

Here “see” means they will be able to live in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live with him”

Matthew 5:9

οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί

These are the people who help others to have peace with one another.

ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” or “they will be children of God” (See: Active or Passive)

υἱοὶ Θεοῦ

It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human son or child.

Matthew 5:10

οἱ δεδιωγμένοι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: Active or Passive)

ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης

“because they do what God wants them to do”

αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:3. Alternate translation: “for God in heaven will be their king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:11

Jesus finishes describing the characteristics of people who are blessed.

μακάριοί ἐστε

The word “you” is plural. (See: Forms of You)

εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι

“say all kinds of evil lies about you” or “say bad things about you that are not true”

ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ

“because you follow me” or because you believe in me”

Matthew 5:12

χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε

“Rejoice” and “be very glad” mean almost the same thing. Jesus wanted his hearers not merely to rejoice but to do even more than rejoice if possible. (See: Doublet)

Matthew 5:13

Jesus begins to teach about how his disciples are like salt and light.

ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς

Possible meanings are (1) just as salt makes food good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” or (2) just as salt preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: Metaphor)

ἐὰν…τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ

Possible meanings are (1) “if the salt has lost its power to do things that salt does” or (2) “if the salt has lost its flavor.” (See: Metaphor)

ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται?

“how can it be made useful again?” Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples. Alternate translation: “there is no way for it to become useful again.” (See: Rhetorical Question and Metaphor)

εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:14

ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου

This means Jesus’ followers bring the message of God’s truth to all the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world” (See: Metaphor)

οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη

At night when it is dark, people can see the city lights shining. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “During the night, no one can hide the lights that shine from a city on a hill” or “Everyone sees the lights of a city on a hill” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:15

οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον

“People do not light a lamp”

τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον

“place the lamp under a basket.” This is saying it is foolish to create light only to hide it so people do not see the light of the lamp.

Matthew 5:16

λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων

This means a disciple of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: Metaphor)

τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς

It is best to translate “Father” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.

Matthew 5:17

Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.

τοὺς προφήτας

This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:18

ἀμὴν,…λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ

Here “heaven” and “earth” refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: Merism)

ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ

The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

πάντα γένηται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: Active or Passive)

πάντα

The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:19

ὃς ἐὰν…λύσῃ

“whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”

μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων

“any of these commandments, even the least important one”

ὃς ἐὰν…διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone…teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐλάχιστος…ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: Metonymy)

ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ

“obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”

μέγας

most important

Matthew 5:20

λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν

These are plural. (See: Forms of You)

ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε

This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed…Pharisees in order to enter” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 5:21

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.

ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις

This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει

Here “the judgment” implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

φονεύσεις…φονεύσῃ

This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.

ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει

It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 5:22

ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω

Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.

τῷ ἀδελφῷ

This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.

ῥακά…μωρέ

These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. “Worthless person” is close to “brainless,” where “fool” adds the idea of disobedience to God.

Συνεδρίῳ

This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.

Matthew 5:23

προσφέρῃς

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου

“giving your gift” or “bringing your gift”

ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον

It is implied that this is God’s altar at the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς

“while you are standing at the altar you remember”

ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ

“another person is angry with you because of something you did”

Matthew 5:24

πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “First make peace with the person” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:25

ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου

This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.

σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ

Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “will let the judge deal with you” (See: Idiom)

ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ

Here “hand you over” means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “the judge will give you over to the officer” (See: Idiom)

τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ

a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge

εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the officer might put you in prison” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:26

ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐκεῖθεν

“from prison”

Matthew 5:27

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not commit adultery,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.

ὅτι ἐρρέθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: Active or Passive)

μοιχεύσεις

This word means to act out or do something.

Matthew 5:28

ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω

Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.

πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: Metaphor)

πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν

“and lusts after her” or “and desires to sleep with her”

ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 5:29

εἰ…σου

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε

Here “eye” refers to what a person sees. And, “stumble” is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: Metonymy and Metaphor)

ὁ ὀφθαλμός…ὁ δεξιὸς

This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: Idiom)

ἔξελε αὐτὸν

This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: Hyperbole)

βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ

“get rid of it”

ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου

“you should lose one part of your body”

καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:30

εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε

In this metonymy, the hand stands for the actions of the whole person. (See: Metonymy)

ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ

This means the most important hand, as opposed to the left hand. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: Idiom)

ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν

This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: Hyperbole)

Matthew 5:31

Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.

ἐρρέθη δέ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ

This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: Euphemism)

δότω

“he must give”

Matthew 5:32

ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω

Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.

ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι

It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who “causes her to commit adultery.” In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.

ἀπολελυμένην

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” or “the divorced woman” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 5:33

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “Do not swear” and “carry out your oaths,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.

πάλιν ἠκούσατε

“Also, you” or “Here is another example. You”

ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις

This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου

“Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do”

Matthew 5:34

ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω

Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.

μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως

“Do not swear at all” or “Do not swear by anything”

θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ

Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 5:35

Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.

μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ…πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως

Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or earth, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.

ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ

This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: Metaphor)

ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως

“for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”

Matthew 5:36

Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.

σου

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of these words are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: Forms of You)

ὀμόσῃς

This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:34.

Matthew 5:37

ἔστω…ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ

“if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”

Matthew 5:38

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.

ὅτι ἐρρέθη

This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:27. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: Active or Passive)

ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος

The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.

Matthew 5:39

ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω

Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.

τῷ πονηρῷ

“an evil person” or “someone who harms you”

ῥαπίζει…τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα

To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.

ῥαπίζει

hits with the back of an open hand

στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην

“let him hit your other cheek also”

Matthew 5:40

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον

The “coat” was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The “cloak,” the more valuable of the two, was worn over the “coat” for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.

ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον

“give also to that person”

Matthew 5:41

ὅστις

“Anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

μίλιον ἕν

This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If “mile” is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”

μετ’ αὐτοῦ

This refers to the one who compels you to go.

ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο

“go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile.” If “mile” is confusing, you can translate it as “two kilometers” or “twice as far.”

Matthew 5:42

μὴ ἀποστραφῇς

“do not refuse to lend to.” This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “lend to”

Matthew 5:43

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” and “your” are singular in “You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy,” but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of “you” and “your” after that are plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.

ὅτι ἐρρέθη

This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:27. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: Active or Passive)

τὸν πλησίον σου

Here the word “neighbor” does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: Generic Noun Phrases)

Matthew 5:44

ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω

Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in Matthew 5:22.

Matthew 5:45

γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν

It is best to translate “sons” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children.

Πατρὸς

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 5:46

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus finishes teaching about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. This section began in Matthew 5:17.

τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε?

Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special that God will reward them for. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?

This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternative translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 5:47

τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε?

This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more than others.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἀσπάσησθε

This is a general term for showing a desire for the well-being of the hearer.

οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν?

This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 5:48

Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6

Matthew 06 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”

You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Matthew 6:1

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3. In this section, Jesus addresses the “acts of righteousness” of alms, prayer, and fasting.

ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς

It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and give you honor for what you have done” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Active or Passive)

τῷ Πατρὶ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:2

μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου

This metaphor means to do something that purposefully gets people’s attention. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself like someone who plays a loud trumpet in a crowd” (See: Metaphor)

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 6:3

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.

μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου

This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to “know” what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:4

ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you can give to the poor without other people knowing” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:5

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus begins to teach about prayer.

ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις

It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Active or Passive)

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 6:6

εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου

“go to a private place” or “go where you can be alone”

τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ

Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private”

τῷ Πατρί

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ

“your Father will see what you do in private and”

Matthew 6:7

μὴ βατταλογήσητε

Possible meanings are (1) the repetitions are useless. Alternate translation: “do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again” or (2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: “do not keeping repeating meaningless words”

εἰσακουσθήσονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:8

Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words “you” and “your” are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words “you” and “your” are singular and refer to God, “Our Father in heaven.” (See: Forms of You)

ὁ Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:9

Πάτερ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς

This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.

ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου

Here “your name” refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 6:10

ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “May you rule over everyone and everything completely” (See: Metonymy)

γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:11

This is part of a prayer that Jesus was teaching the people. All instances of “we,” “us,” and “our” refer only to those who would pray this prayer. Those words do not also refer to God, to whom they would be praying. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον

Here “bread” refers to food in general. (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 6:12

τὰ ὀφειλήματα

A debt is what one person owes another. This is a metaphor for sins. (See: Metaphor)

τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν

A debtor is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against us. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:13

μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν

The word “temptation,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “Do not let anything tempt us” or “Do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 6:14

All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: Forms of You)

τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν

The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: Abstract Nouns)

ὁ Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:15

τοῖς ἀνθρώποις…τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν

The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you…when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you…when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 6:16

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus begins to teach about fasting.

ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν

The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 6:17

ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν

“put oil in your hair” or “groom your hair.” To “anoint” the head here is to take normal care of one’s hair. It has nothing to do with “Christ” meaning “anointed one.” Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.

Matthew 6:18

τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ

Possible meanings are (1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: “Father, who is invisible” or (2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: “Father, who is with you in private” See how you translated this in Matthew 6:6.

τῷ Πατρί

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ

“who sees what you do in private.” See how you translated this in Matthew 6:6.

Matthew 6:19

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of “you” and “your” may also need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.

θησαυροὺς

riches, the things to which a person gives the most value

ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει

“where moth and rust ruin treasures”

σὴς

a small, flying insect that destroys cloth

βρῶσις

a brown substance that forms on metals

Matthew 6:20

θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ

This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 6:21

ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου

Here “heart” means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 6:22

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: Forms of You)

ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός…φωτεινὸν ἔσται

This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: Metaphor)

ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός

This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: Metaphor)

ὀφθαλμός

You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”

Matthew 6:23

ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου…ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον

This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: Metaphor)

ἐὰν…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ

This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: Metaphor)

εἰ…τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον

“if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”

Matthew 6:24

ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει

Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: Parallelism)

οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ

“You cannot love God and money at the same time”

Matthew 6:25

Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: Forms of You)

λέγω ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὑμῖν

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do.

οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “obviously life is more than what you eat, and your body is more than what you wear.” or “clearly there are things in life that are more imortant than food, and there are things concerning the body that are more important than clothes.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 6:26

ἀποθήκας

places to store crops

ὁ Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “Obviously you are more valuable than birds.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 6:27

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: Forms of You)

τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to “add one cubit to his lifespan” is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need.” (See: Rhetorical Question and Metaphor)

πῆχυν ἕνα

A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: Biblical Distance)

Matthew 6:28

περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “You should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

καταμάθετε

“Consider”

τὰ κρίνα…αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν

Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: Personification and Metaphor)

κρίνα

A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 6:29

οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων

Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: Personification and Metaphor)

λέγω…ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:30

τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως

Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: Personification and Metaphor)

χόρτον

If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.

εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον

The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι?

Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you…faith.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι

“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.

Matthew 6:31

οὖν

“Because of all of this”

τί περιβαλώμεθα

In this sentence, “clothes” is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: “What possessions will we have” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 6:32

γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητοῦσιν

“for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear”

οἶδεν…ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων

Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.

ὁ Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 6:33

ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right” (See: Metonymy)

καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 6:34

οὖν

“Because of all this”

ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς

Jesus speaks of “tomorrow” as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: Personification)

Matthew 7

Matthew 07 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

Special concepts in this chapter

Matthew 5-7

Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.

“By their fruits you will know them”

Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: fruit, fruitful, unfruitful)

Matthew 7:1

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of “you” and the commands are plural. (See: Forms of You)

Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.

μὴ κρίνετε

It is implied here that “judge” has the strong meaning of “condemn harshly” or “declare guilty.” Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

μὴ κριθῆτε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:2

γὰρ

Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.

ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: Active or Passive)

ᾧ μέτρῳ

Possible meanings are (1) this is the amount of punishment given or (2) this is the standard used for judgment.

μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will measure it out to you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:3

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.

τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος…τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς?

Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people’s sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: “You look…brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” or “Do not look…brother’s eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου

This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: Metaphor)

κάρφος

“speck” or “splinter” or “bit of dust.” Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person’s eyes.

τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ

All occurrences of “brother” in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.

τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν

This is a metaphor for a person’s most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person’s less important faults. (See: Metaphor and Hyperbole)

δοκὸν

the largest part of a tree that someone has cut down

Matthew 7:4

ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς…τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ?

Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. Alternate translation: “You should not say…your own eye.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 7:6

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural.

τοῖς κυσίν…τῶν χοίρων

Jews considered these animals dirty, and God told the Jews not to eat them. They are metaphors for wicked people who do not value holy things. It would be best to translate these words literally. (See: Metaphor)

τοὺς μαργαρίτας

These are similar to round, valuable stones or beads. They are a metaphor for the knowledge of God or precious things in general. (See: Metaphor)

καταπατήσουσιν

“the pigs may trample”

καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς

“the dogs will then turn and tear”

Matthew 7:7

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: Forms of You)

αἰτεῖτε…ζητεῖτε…κρούετε

These are metaphors for praying to God. The verb form shows that we are to keep praying until he answers. If your language has a form for continuing to do something over and over, use it here. (See: Metaphor)

αἰτεῖτε

request things from someone, in this case God

δοθήσεται ὑμῖν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you what you need” (See: Active or Passive)

ζητεῖτε

look for someone, in this case God

κρούετε

To knock on a door was a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for doors to be opened. Alternate translation: “Tell God you want him to open the door”

ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will open it for you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:9

ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος…μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you…a stone.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἄρτον

This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: Synecdoche)

λίθον

This noun should be translated literally.

Matthew 7:10

ἰχθὺν…ὄφι

These nouns should be translated literally.

ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ?

Jesus asks another question to teach the people. It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: Rhetorical Question and Ellipsis)

Matthew 7:11

Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: Forms of You)

πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει…αὐτόν?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give…him.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὁ Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 7:12

ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι

“whatever way you want others to act toward you”

οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται

Here “law” and “prophets” refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets teach in the scriptures” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 7:13

This image of walking through a wide gate to destruction or a narrow gate to life represents how people live and the results of how they live. When you translate, use appropriate words for “wide” and “broad” that are as different as possible from “narrow” in order to emphasize the differences between the two sets of gates and ways.

εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης…πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς

This is an image of people traveling on a road and going through a gate into a kingdom. One kingdom is easy to enter; the other is hard to enter. (See: Metaphor)

εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης

You may need to move this to the end of verse 14: “Therefore, enter through the narrow gate.”

τῆς…πύλης…ἡ ὁδὸς

Possible meanings are (1) “the way” refers to the road that leads to the gate of a kingdom, or (2) the “the gate” and “the way” both refer to the entrance to the kingdom.

εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν

This abstract noun can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “to the place where people die” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 7:14

Jesus continues to speak of people choosing how they are going to live as if they are choosing whether to go on one path or another.

εἰς τὴν ζωήν

The abstract noun “life” can be translated using the verb “live.” Alternate translation: “to the place where people live” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 7:15

προσέχετε ἀπὸ

“Be on guard against”

οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες

This metaphor means that false prophets will pretend they are good and want to help people, but they are really evil and will do people harm. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:16

ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς

This metaphor refers to a person’s actions. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by how they act” (See: Metaphor)

μήτι συλλέγουσιν…ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα?

Jesus uses a question to teach the people. The people would have known that the answer is no. Alternate translation: “People do not gather…thistles.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 7:17

πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ

Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to good prophets who produce good works or words. (See: Metaphor)

τὸ…σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ

Jesus continues to use the metaphor of fruit to refer to bad prophets who produce evil works. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:19

πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται

Jesus continues to use fruit trees as a metaphor to refer to false prophets. Here, he only states what will happen to the bad trees. It is implied that the same thing will happen to the false prophets. (See: Metaphor and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people cut down and burn” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:20

ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς

The word “their” can refer to either the prophets or the trees. This metaphor implies that the fruit of trees and the deeds of prophets both reveal whether they are good or bad. If possible, translate this in a way so that it can refer to both trees and prophets. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 7:21

εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “will live with God in heaven when he shows himself to be king” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς

“whoever does what my Father in heaven desires”

τοῦ Πατρός

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 7:22

ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ

Jesus said “that day” knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. You should include “the day of judgment” only if your readers would not understand otherwise. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἐπροφητεύσαμεν…δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν…δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν?

The people use a question to emphasize that they did these things. Alternate translation: “we prophesied…we drove out demons…we did many mighty deeds.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐπροφητεύσαμεν

This “we” does not include Jesus. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι

Possible meanings are (1) “by your authority” or “by your power” or (2) “because we were doing what you wanted us to do” or (3) “because we asked you for the power to do it” (See: Metonymy)

δυνάμεις

“miracles”

Matthew 7:23

οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς

This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: “You are not my follower” or “I have nothing to do with you” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 7:24

οὖν

“For that reason”

μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους

Here “words” refers to what Jesus says. (See: Metonymy)

ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν

Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: Simile)

πέτραν

This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.

Matthew 7:25

τεθεμελίωτο

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he built it” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 7:26

This is the end of Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount, which began in Matthew 5:3.

ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον

Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: Simile)

Matthew 7:27

ἔπεσεν

Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.

ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη

The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.

Matthew 7:28

These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: End of Story)

καὶ ἐγένετο, ὅτε

This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”

ἐξεπλήσσοντο…ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ

It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: “were amazed by the way he taught”

Matthew 8

Matthew 08 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section.

Special concepts in this chapter

Miracles

Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: authority)

Matthew 8:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through Matthew 9:35. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

καταβάντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί

“After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him.” The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.

Matthew 8:2

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

λεπρὸς

“a man who had leprosy” or “a man who had a skin disease”

προσεκύνει αὐτῷ

This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: Symbolic Action)

ἐὰν θέλῃς

“if you want to” or “if you desire.” The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.

δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι

Here “clean” means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: “you can heal me” or “please heal me” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 8:3

καθαρίσθητι

By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: Imperatives – Other Uses)

εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη

“At that moment he was cleansed”

ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα

The result of Jesus saying “Be clean” was that the man was healed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was well” or “the leprosy left him” or “the leprosy ended” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:4

αὐτῷ

This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.

ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς

“do not say anything to anyone” or “do not tell anyone I healed you”

σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ

Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς

The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

αὐτοῖς

This can possibly refer to (1) the priests or (2) all the people or (3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: Pronouns)

Matthew 8:5

Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.

προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ…παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν

Here “him” refers to Jesus.

Matthew 8:6

παραλυτικός

unable to move because of disease or stroke

Matthew 8:7

λέγει αὐτῷ

“Jesus said to the centurion”

ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν

“I will come to your house and make your servant well”

Matthew 8:8

μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην

This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: “into my house” (See: Idiom)

εἰπὲ λόγῳ

Here “word” represents a command. Alternate translation: “give the command” (See: Metonymy)

ἰαθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will become well” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:9

ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who is under the authority of someone else” (See: Active or Passive)

ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν

To be “under” someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 8:10

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον

Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion’s faith was greater. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 8:11

ὑμῖν

Here “you” is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in Matthew 8:10. (See: Forms of You)

ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν

Using the opposites “east” and “west” is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from everywhere” or “from far away in every direction” (See: Merism)

ἀνακλιθήσονται

People in that culture would lie down beside the table while eating. This phrase indicates that all those at the table are family and close friends. The joy in the kingdom of God is frequently spoken of as if the people there were feasting. Alternate translation: “live as family and friends” (See: Metonymy)

ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows that he is king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 8:12

οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will throw the sons of the kingdom” (See: Active or Passive)

οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας

The phrase “sons of” is a metonym, referring to the unbelieving Jews of the kingdom of Judea. There is also irony here because the “sons” will be thrown out while the strangers will be welcomed. Alternate translation: “those who should have allowed God to rule over them” (See: Metonymy and Irony)

τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον

Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων

“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing their extreme suffering” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 8:13

γενηθήτω σοι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: Active or Passive)

ἰάθη ὁ παῖς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ

“at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant”

Matthew 8:14

Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.

ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς

The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.

τὴν πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ

“the mother of Peter’s wife”

Matthew 8:15

ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός

If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as “she became better” or “Jesus healed her.” (See: Personification)

ἠγέρθη

“got out of bed”

Matthew 8:16

In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.

Here the scene shifts to later that evening and tells of Jesus healing more people and casting out demons.

ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης

Because Jews did not work or travel on the Sabbath, “evening” may imply after the Sabbath. They waited until evening to bring people to Jesus. You do not need to mention the Sabbath unless you need to avoid wrong meaning. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many people whom demons possessed” or “many people whom demons controlled” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ

Here “word” stands for a command. Alternate translation: “He commanded the spirits to leave” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 8:17

πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah had spoken to the people of Israel” (See: Active or Passive)

τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν

Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of our diseases. Alternate translation: “healed those who were sick and made them well” (See: Parallelism)

Matthew 8:18

Here the scene shifts and tells about Jesus’ response to some people who wanted to follow him.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

ἐκέλευσεν

“he told his disciples”

Matthew 8:19

καὶ

This means after Jesus “gave instructions” but before he could get into the boat.

ὅπου ἐὰν

to any place

Matthew 8:20

αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις

Jesus answers with this proverb. This means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: Proverbs)

αἱ ἀλώπεκες

Foxes are animals like dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for dog-like creatures or other furry animals. (See: Translate Unknowns)

φωλεοὺς

Foxes make holes in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for “foxes” lives.

ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ

This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: “no place of his own to sleep” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 8:21

ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου

It is unclear whether the man’s father has died and he will bury him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.

Matthew 8:22

ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς

Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of “the dead”: (1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or (2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 8:23

Here the scene shifts to the account of Jesus calming a storm as he and his disciples cross the Sea of Galilee.

καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς πλοῖον

“got onto a boat”

ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ

Try to use the same words for “disciple” and “follow” that you used in (Matthew 8:21-22).

Matthew 8:24

ἰδοὺ

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “Suddenly” or “Without warning”

σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a powerful storm arose on the sea” (See: Active or Passive)

ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the waves covered the boat” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:25

ἤγειραν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον

Possible meanings are (1) they first woke Jesus and then they said, “Save us” or (2) as they were waking Jesus up, they were saying “Save us.”

σῶσον…ἀπολλύμεθα

If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: Inclusive and Exclusive “We”)

ἀπολλύμεθα

“we are going to die”

Matthew 8:26

αὐτοῖς

“to the disciples”

τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι

Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “You should not be afraid…faith!” or “There is nothing for you to be afraid of…faith!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὀλιγόπιστοι

“you who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in Matthew 6:30.

Matthew 8:27

ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν

“Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?” This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν

For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: Personification)

Matthew 8:28

Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.

εἰς τὸ πέραν

“to the other side of the Sea of Galilee”

τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν

The Gadarenes were named after the town of Gadara. (See: How to Translate Names)

δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “two men whom demons possessed” or “two men whom demons were controlling” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λείαν ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐκείνης

The demons that were controlling these two men were so dangerous that no one could go through that area.

Matthew 8:29

ἰδοὺ

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. Your language may have a way of showing this.

τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ?

The demons use a question but they are being hostile toward Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not bother us, Son of God!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ

This is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς

Again, the demons use a question in a hostile way. Alternate translation: “You should not disobey God by punishing us before the specific time God has set when he will punish us!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 8:30

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. (See: Background Information)

Matthew 8:31

εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς

It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to cast them out. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἡμᾶς

This is exclusive, meaning the demons only. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

Matthew 8:32

αὐτοῖς

This refers to the demons inside the men.

οἱ…ἐξελθόντες ἀπῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους

“The demons left the man and entered the pigs”

ἰδοὺ

This alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

ὥρμησεν…κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ

“ran quickly down the steep slope”

ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν

“they fell into the water and drowned”

Matthew 8:33

This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.

οἱ…βόσκοντες

“taking care of the pigs”

τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons had controlled” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 8:34

ἰδοὺ

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.

πᾶσα ἡ πόλις

The word “city” is a metonym for the people of the city. The word “all” is probably an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out. Not necessarily every person came out. (See: Metonymy and Hyperbole)

τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν

“their area”

Matthew 9

Matthew 09 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

“Sinners”

When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: Active or Passive)

Rhetorical questions

Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Proverbs

Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: Proverbs)

Matthew 9:1

Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in Matthew 8:1, of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.

ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον

It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. (See: Active or Passive)

πλοῖον

This is probably the same boat as in Matthew 8:23. You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.

εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν

“to the town where he lived.” This refers to Capernaum.

Matthew 9:2

ἰδοὺ

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.

προσέφερον

“some men from the city”

τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν

This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.

τέκνον

The man was not Jesus’ real son. Jesus was speaking to him politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “My friend” or “Young man” or even omitted.

ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:3

ἰδού

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.

ἐν ἑαυτοῖς

Possible meanings are (1) each one was thinking to himself, or (2) they were speaking among themselves.

βλασφημεῖ

Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.

Matthew 9:4

ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν

Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.

ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν?

Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: Rhetorical Question)

πονηρὰ

This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.

ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν

Here “hearts” refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 9:5

τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?

Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: “I just said ‘Your sins are forgiven.’ You may think that it is harder to say ‘Get up and walk,’ because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks.” or “You may think that it is easier to say ‘Your sins are forgiven’ than it is to say ‘Get up and walk.’” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει?

The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?” or “you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι

Here “your” is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: Forms of You and Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:6

ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε

“I will prove to you.” The “you” is plural. (See: Forms of You)

σου τὴν κλίνην…τὸν οἶκόν σου

Here “you” is singular. (See: Forms of You)

ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου

Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.

Matthew 9:7

This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.

Matthew 9:8

τὸν δόντα

“because he had given”

ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην

This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.

Matthew 9:9

καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν

This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.

παράγων

“was leaving” or “was going”

Μαθθαῖον…αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ

Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from “him” and “He” to “me” and “I.”

λέγει αὐτῷ

“Jesus said to Matthew”

ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ

“Matthew got up and followed Jesus.” This means Matthew became Jesus’ disciple.

Matthew 9:10

These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.

τῇ οἰκίᾳ

This is probably Matthew’s house, but it could also be Jesus’ house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.

ἰδοὺ

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.

ἁμαρτωλοὶ

people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins

Matthew 9:11

καὶ ἰδόντες, οἱ Φαρισαῖοι

“When the Pharisees saw that Jesus was eating with the tax collectors and sinful people”

διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν?

The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 9:12

These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.

ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας

Here “this” refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners.

οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες

Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: Proverbs)

οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ

“People who are healthy”

ἰατροῦ

doctor

οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες

The phrase “need a physician” is understood. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 9:13

πορευθέντες δὲ, μάθετε τί ἐστιν

Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: “You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures”

πορευθέντες

Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: Forms of You)

ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν

Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, “I” refers to God.

οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον

Here “I” refers to Jesus.

δικαίους

Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: “those who think they are righteous” (See: Irony)

Matthew 9:14

The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus’ disciples do not fast.

οὐ νηστεύουσιν

“continue to eat regularly”

Matthew 9:15

μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος?

Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. They all knew that people do not mourn and fast at a wedding celebration. Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not mourn because he is still there with them. (See: Rhetorical Question and Proverbs)

ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν

This is a way of referring to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “the time will come when” or “someday”

ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer” or “someone will take the bridegroom away from them” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀπαρθῇ

Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.

Matthew 9:16

Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.

οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ

“No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment” or “People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment”

ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ…τοῦ ἱματίου

“old clothing…the clothing””

αἴρει…τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου

If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.

τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ

“the piece of new cloth.” This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.

χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will make the tear worse” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:17

Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.

οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς

Jesus uses another proverb to answer John’s disciples. This means the same as the proverb in Matthew 9:16.

οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν

“Neither does anyone pour” or “People never put”

οἶνον νέον

This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: “grape juice” (See: Translate Unknowns)

ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς

This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.

ἀσκοὺς

“wine bags” or “skin bags.” These were bags made out of animal skins.

ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: Active or Passive)

ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί

When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.

ἀσκοὺς καινούς

“new wineskins” or “new wine bags.” This refers to wineskins that no one has used.

ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:18

This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.

ταῦτα

This refers to the answer Jesus gave John’s disciples about fasting.

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

προσεκύνει αὐτῷ

This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: Symbolic Action)

ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται

This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.

Matthew 9:19

οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ

“Jesus’ disciples”

Matthew 9:20

This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official’s house.

ἰδοὺ

The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

αἱμορροοῦσα

“who had been bleeding” or “who frequently had a flow of blood.” She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: Euphemism)

δώδεκα ἔτη

“12 years” (See: Numbers)

τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ

“his robe” or “what he was wearing”

Matthew 9:21

ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι.

She said this to herself before she touched Jesus’ garment. This tells why she touched Jesus’ garment. (See: Order of Events and Verse Bridges)

ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ

According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus’ power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 9:22

ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς

“The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus”

θύγατερ

The woman was not Jesus’ real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated “Young woman” or even omitted.

ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε

“because you believed in me, I will heal you”

ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her at that moment” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:23

This returns to the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.

τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον

This was a common way to mourn for someone who has died.

τοὺς αὐλητὰς

“people who play flutes”

Matthew 9:24

ἀναχωρεῖτε

Jesus was speaking to many people, so use the plural command form if your language has one.

οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει

Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who “sleeps.” But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 9:25

Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.

This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.

ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had sent the crowd outside” or “After the family had sent the people outside” (See: Active or Passive)

ἠγέρθη

“got out of bed.” This is the same meaning as in Matthew 8:15.

Matthew 9:26

καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην

“The people of that whole region heard about it” or “The people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it”

Matthew 9:27

This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.

καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ

As Jesus was leaving the region

παράγοντι

“was leaving” or “was going”

ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ

This means they were walking behind Jesus, not necessarily that they had become his disciples.

ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς

It is implied that they wanted Jesus to heal them. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Υἱὲ Δαυείδ

Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.

Matthew 9:28

ἐλθόντι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν

This could be either Jesus’ own house or the house in Matthew 9:10.

ναί, Κύριε

The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 9:29

ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων

It is not clear whether he touched both men’s eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.

κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do as you have believed” or “Because you believe, I will heal you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:30

ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί

This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God healed their eyes” or “the two blind men were able to see” (See: Idiom and Active or Passive)

ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω

Here “See” means “be sure.” Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” or “Do not tell anyone that I healed you” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 9:31

οἱ δὲ

“The two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They”

διεφήμισαν

“told many people what had happened to them”

Matthew 9:32

This is the account of Jesus healing a demon-possessed man who could not speak and how people responded.

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought a mute man…to Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

κωφὸν

not able to talk

δαιμονιζόμενον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom a demon had possessed” or “whom a demon was controlling” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:33

καὶ ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονίου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had forced the demon out” or “After Jesus had commanded the demon to leave” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός

“the mute man began to speak” or “the man who had been mute spoke” or “the man, who was no longer mute, spoke”

καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι

“The people were amazed”

οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This has never happened before” or “No one has ever done anything like this before” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 9:34

ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια

“he forces demons to leave”

ἐκβάλλει

The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus.

Matthew 9:35

Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.

Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 8:1 about Jesus’ healing ministry in Galilee. (See: End of Story)

τὰς πόλεις πάσας

The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many cities Jesus went to. He did not necessarily go to every one of them. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: Hyperbole)

πόλεις…κώμας

“large villages…small villages” or “large towns…small towns”

τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in Matthew 4:23. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: Abstract Nouns)

πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν

“every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.

Matthew 9:36

ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα

This simile means they did not have a leader to take care of them. Alternate translation: “The people did not have a leader” (See: Simile)

Matthew 9:37

Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to tell his disciples how they should respond to the needs of the crowds mentioned in the previous section.

ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι

Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. (See: Proverbs)

ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς

“There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect”

ἐργάται

“workers”

Matthew 9:38

δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ

“pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest”

Matthew 10

Matthew 10 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The sending of the twelve disciples

Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

“The kingdom of heaven has come near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”

Matthew 10:1

This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.

καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ

“summoned his 12 disciples” (See: Numbers)

ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν

Be sure that the text clearly communicates that this authority was (1) to drive out unclean spirits and (2) to heal disease and sickness.

ὥστε ἐκβάλλειν αὐτὰ

“to make the unclean spirits leave”

πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν

“every disease and every sickness.” The words “disease” and “sickness” are closely related but should be translated as two different words if possible. “Disease” is what causes a person to be sick. “Sickness” is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.

Matthew 10:2

Here the author provides the names of the twelve apostles as background information.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about the twelve apostles. (See: Background Information)

τῶν…δώδεκα ἀποστόλων

This is the same group as the “twelve disciples” in Matthew 10:1.

πρῶτος

This is first in order, not in rank. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 10:3

Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης

“Matthew, who was a tax collector”

Matthew 10:4

ὁ Καναναῖος

Possible meanings are (1) “the Zealot” is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “the patriot” or “the nationalist” or (2) “the Zealot” is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “the zealous one” or “the passionate one”

ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν

“who would betray Jesus”

Matthew 10:5

Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: Order of Events)

Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.

τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς

“Jesus sent out these twelve men” or “It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out”

ἀπέστειλεν

Jesus sent them out for a particular purpose.

παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς

“He told them what they needed to do” or “He commanded them”

Matthew 10:6

τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ

This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: Metaphor)

οἴκου Ἰσραήλ

This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” or “descendants of Israel” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:7

πορευόμενοι

Here “you” is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 3:2. Alternate translation: “Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:8

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.

θεραπεύετε…ἐγείρετε…καθαρίζετε…ἐκβάλλετε…ἐλάβετε…δότε

These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: Idiom)

δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε

Jesus did not state what the disciples had received or were to give. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. Here “freely” means that there was no payment. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received these things, freely give them to others” or “You received these things without paying, so give them to others without making them pay” (See: Ellipsis)

δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε

Here “received” is a metaphor that represents being made able to do things, and “give” is a metaphor that represents doing things for others. Alternate translation: “Freely you have received the ability to do these things, freely do them for others” or “Freely I have made you able to do these things, freely do them for others” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 10:9

ὑμῶν

This refers to the twelve apostles and so is plural. (See: Forms of You)

χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν

These are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money, so if the metals are unknown in your area, translate the list as “money.” (See: Metonymy)

τὰς ζώνας

This means “belts” or “money belts,” but it can refer to whatever might be used to carry money. A belt is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money.

Matthew 10:10

πήραν

This could either be any bag used to carry things on a journey, or a bag used by someone to collect food or money.

δύο χιτῶνας

Use the same word you used for “tunic” in Matthew 5:40.

ὁ ἐργάτης

worker

τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ

Here “food” refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: “what he needs” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 10:11

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.

εἰς ἣν δ’ ἂν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε

“Whenever you enter a city or village” or “When you go into any city or village”

πόλιν…κώμην

“large village…small village” or “large town…small town.” See how you translated this in Matthew 9:35.

εἰσέλθητε

This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

ἄξιός

A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.

κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε

The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “stay in that person’s house until you leave the town or village” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 10:12

εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν

The phrase “greet it” means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was “Peace be to this house!” Here “house” represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: Metonymy)

εἰσερχόμενοι

This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 10:13

ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν

These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία

Here “the house” represents those who live in the house. A “worthy” person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is “not worthy,” a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well” or “the people who live in that house treat you well” (See: Metonymy)

ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν

The word “it” refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “let them receive your peace” or “let them receive the peace that you greeted them with” (See: Metonymy)

ἐὰν…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία

The word “it” means the house. Here “house” refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “if they do not receive you well” or “if they do not treat you well” (See: Metonymy)

ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω

Possible meanings are (1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or (2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.

Matthew 10:14

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.

καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ δέξηται ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ

“If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen”

ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν

This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν

Here “words” refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: “listen to your message” or “listen to what you have to say” (See: Metonymy)

πόλεως

You should translate this the same way you did in Matthew 10:11.

ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν

“shake the dust off your feet as you leave.” This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 10:15

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται

“the suffering shall be less”

γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων

This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: Metonymy)

τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ

This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: “the people of the city that does not receive you” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:16

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples. Here he begins to tell them about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.

ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω

The word “See” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look, I send” or “Listen, send” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you. I send”

ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς

Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.

ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων

Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: “as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act” (See: Simile)

γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί

Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: “act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue” (See: Simile)

Matthew 10:17

προσέχετε δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν γὰρ ὑμᾶς

You can translate with “because” to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: “Watch out for people because they will” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

παραδώσουσιν…ὑμᾶς εἰς

“will put you under the control of”

συνέδρια

local religious leaders or elders who together keep peace in the community

μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς

“beat you with a whip”

Matthew 10:18

ἀχθήσεσθε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will bring you” or “they will drag you” (See: Active or Passive)

ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ

“because you belong to me” or “because you follow me”

αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν

The pronoun “them” refers either to the “governors and kings” or to the Jewish accusers.

Matthew 10:19

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.

ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς

“When people take you to the councils.” The “people” here are the same “people” as in Matthew 10:17.

ὑμᾶς…ὑμῖν

These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

μὴ μεριμνήσητε

“do not worry”

πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε

“how you are to speak or what you are to say.” The two ideas may be combined: “what you are to say” (See: Hendiadys)

δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν…τί λαλήσητε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ

Here “hour” means “right then.” Alternate translation: “right then” or “at that time” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:20

ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν

These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: Forms of You)

τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν

If necessary, this can be translated as “the Spirit of God your heavenly Father” or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.

τοῦ Πατρὸς

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ἐν ὑμῖν

“through you”

Matthew 10:21

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.

παραδώσει δὲ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον

“One brother will deliver up his brother to death” or “Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death.” Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.

παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον

The abstract noun “death” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “hand brother over to authorties who will execute him” (See: Abstract Nouns)

πατὴρ τέκνον

These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “fathers will deliver up their children to death” (See: Ellipsis)

ἐπαναστήσονται…ἐπὶ

“rebel against” or “turn against”

θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “have them put to death” or “have the authorities execute them” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 10:22

καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Everyone will hate you” or “All people will hate you” (See: Active or Passive)

ἔσεσθε

This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: Forms of You)

διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου

Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you trust in me” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ…ὑπομείνας

“whoever stays faithful”

εἰς τέλος

It is not clear whether the “end” means when a person dies, when the persecution ends, or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.

οὗτος σωθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will deliver that person” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 10:23

ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ

Here “this” does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: “in one city”

φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν

“flee to the next city”

ἀμὴν…λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἔλθῃ

“arrives”

Matthew 10:24

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.

οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ

Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus. (See: Proverbs)

οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον

“A disciple is always less important than his teacher” or “A teacher is always more important than his disciple”

οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ

“and a servant is always less important than his master” or “and a master is always more important than his servant”

Matthew 10:25

ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ

“The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher”

γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ

If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the teacher. Alternate translation: “know as much as his teacher knows” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ

If necessary, you can make explicit how the servant becomes like the master. Alternate translation: “the servant should be satisfied to become only as important as his master” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ

Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.

πόσῳ μᾶλλον τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ

“the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse” or “they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names”

εἰ…ἐπεκάλεσαν

“Since people have called”

τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην

Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: Metaphor)

Βεελζεβοὺλ

This name can either be (1) transcribed directly as “Beelzebul” or (2) translated with its original, intended meaning of “Satan.”

τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ

This is a metaphor for Jesus’ disciples. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 10:26

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.

μὴ…φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς

Here “them” refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.

οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται

Both of these statements mean the same thing. Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reveal the things that people hide” (See: Metaphor and Active or Passive)

Matthew 10:27

ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων

Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear” (See: Parallelism)

ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί

Here “darkness” is a metonym for “night” which is a metonym for “private.” Here “daylight” is a metonym for “public.” Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light” (See: Metonymy)

ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε

This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: Idiom)

κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων

Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here “housetops” refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place for all to hear” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:28

Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.

καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι

This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul” (See: Distinguishing Versus Informing or Reminding)

τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα

This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as “kill you” or “kill other people.”

τὸ σῶμα

the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit

τὴν…ψυχὴν…ἀποκτεῖναι

This means to harm people after they have physically died.

τὴν…ψυχὴν

the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies

φοβεῖσθε…τὸν δυνάμενον

You can add “because” to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: “fear God because he is able” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

Matthew 10:29

οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται?

Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: Proverbs and Rhetorical Question)

στρουθία

These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: Translate Unknowns)

ἀσσαρίου

This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: “very little money”

ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν

This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: Double Negatives)

τοῦ Πατρὸς

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 10:30

ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: Active or Passive)

ἠριθμημέναι

“counted”

Matthew 10:31

πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς

“God values you more than many sparrows”

Matthew 10:32

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.

πᾶς…ὅστις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ…κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου

“whoever confesses me…I will also confess before my Father” or “if anyone confesses me…I will also confess him before my Father”

ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων

“tells others that he is my disciple” or “acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me”

ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς

You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven that that person belongs to me” (See: Ellipsis)

τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς

“my heavenly Father”

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 10:33

ὅστις…ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με…ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου

“whoever denies me…I will also deny before my Father” or “if anyone denies me…I will also deny him before my Father”

ἂν ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων

“denies to other people that he is loyal to me” or “refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple”

ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς

You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: “I will deny before my Father who is in heaven that this person belongs to me” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 10:34

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.

μὴ νομίσητε

“Do not suppose” or “You must not think”

ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν

This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “to people” (See: Metonymy)

μάχαιραν

This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 10:35

διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ

“to cause…to fight against”

ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ

“a son against his father”

Matthew 10:36

καὶ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου

“A person’s enemies” or “A person’s worst enemies”

οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ

“members of his own family”

Matthew 10:37

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.

ὁ φιλῶν…οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος

Here “he” means any person in general. Alternate translation: “Those who love…are not worthy” or “If you love…you are not worthy” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

ὁ φιλῶν

The word for “love” here refers to “brotherly love” or “love from a friend.” Alternate translation: “cares for” or “is devoted to” or “is fond of”

μου ἄξιος

“deserve to belong to me” or “worthy to be my disciple”

Matthew 10:38

λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου

“carry his cross and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: Metonymy and Metaphor)

λαμβάνει

“take up” or “pick up and carry”

Matthew 10:39

ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας…εὑρήσει αὐτήν

Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: “Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives…will find them” or “If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life…you will find it” (See: Proverbs)

ὁ εὑρὼν

This is a metaphor for “keeps” or “saves.” Alternate translation: “tries to keep” or “tries to save” (See: Metaphor)

ἀπολέσει αὐτήν

This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will not have true life” (See: Metaphor)

ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ

This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: “who denies himself” (See: Metaphor)

ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ

“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me.” This is the same idea as “for my sake” in Matthew 10:18.

εὑρήσει αὐτήν

This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 10:40

Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.

ὁ δεχόμενος

The word “He” refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: “Whoever” or “Anyone who” or “The one who” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

ὁ δεχόμενος

This means to receive someone as a guest.

ὑμᾶς

This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles to whom Jesus is speaking. (See: Forms of You)

ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται

Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me” or “If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me”

ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με

This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: “When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me” or “If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me”

Matthew 10:41

εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου

Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.

μισθὸν προφήτου

This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.

εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου

Here “he” does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.

μισθὸν δικαίου

This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.

Matthew 10:42

Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.

καὶ ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ

“Anyone who gives”

ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων

“one of these lowly ones” or “the least important of these.” The phrase “one of these” here refers to one of Jesus’ disciples.

εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ

“because he is my disciple.” Here “he” does not refer to the one giving but to the unimportant one.

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ

Here “he” and “his” refer to the one who is giving.

οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ

“God will not deny him.” This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God will certainly give him”

Matthew 11

Matthew 11 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.

Some scholars believe that Matthew 11:20 begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.

Special concepts in this chapter

Hidden revelation

After Matthew 11:20, Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him (Matthew 11:25).

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“The kingdom of heaven is near”

No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”

Matthew 11:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε

This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”

ἐτέλεσεν…διατάσσων

“had finished teaching” or “had finished commanding.”

τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ

This refers to the twelve chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: Numbers)

ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν

Here “their” refers to all the Jews in general.

Matthew 11:2

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ

“When John, who was in prison, heard about” or “When someone told John, who was in prison, about.” Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.

πέμψας διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ

John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.

Matthew 11:3

εἶπεν αὐτῷ

The pronoun “him” refers to Jesus.

σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος

“Are you the one whom we are expecting to come.” This is another way to refer to the Messiah or Christ.

ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν?

“should we be expecting someone else.” The pronoun “we” refers to all Jews, not only John’s disciples.

Matthew 11:4

ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ

“tell John”

Matthew 11:5

λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am healing lepers” (See: Active or Passive)

νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται

Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people who have died are being caused to live again” or “I am causing those who have died to become alive again” (See: Active or Passive and Idiom)

πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am preaching good news to the poor” (See: Active or Passive)

πτωχοὶ

This nominalized adjective can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 11:7

Jesus begins to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.

τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον?

Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the desert to see a reed…wind!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον

Possible meanings are (1) Jesus mean the literal plants by the Jordan River or (2) Jesus is using a metaphor to mean a kind of person. Alternate translation: “a man who easily changes his mind and is like a reed blowing back and forth in the wind” (See: Metaphor)

ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “swaying in the wind” or “blowing in the wind” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:8

ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον?

Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man…clothing!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον

“wearing expensive clothing.” Rich people wore this kind of clothing.

ἰδοὺ

This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “Indeed”

τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων

“kings’ palaces”

Matthew 11:9

In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.

Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.

ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν

Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I say to you yes,”

περισσότερον προφήτου

This can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “he is not an ordinary prophet” or “he is more important than a normal prophet” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 11:10

οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου

The pronouns “I” and “my” refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.

πρὸ προσώπου σου

Here “your” is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, “face” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in front of you” or “to go ahead of you” (See: Forms of You and Synecdoche)

κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου

This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah’s message. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 11:11

Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν

Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: “out of all people who have ever lived” (See: Idiom)

μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist is the greatest” or “John the Baptist is the most important”

ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: Metonymy)

μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν

“is more important than John is”

Matthew 11:12

ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ

“From the time John began preaching his message.” The word “days” probably refers here to a period of months or even years.

ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν

There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God’s kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God’s people and trying to stop God from ruling.

Matthew 11:13

Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.

πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν

Here “prophets and the law” refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: “for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 11:14

εἰ θέλετε

Here “you” is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: Forms of You)

αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι

The word “he” refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about “Elijah, who is to come” or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: “when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist”

Matthew 11:15

ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “ears to hear” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ ἔχων…ἀκουέτω

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 11:16

Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.

τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην?

Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: “This is what this generation is like” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην

“the people living now” or “these people” or “you people of this generation”

ταῖς ἀγοραῖς

a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items

Matthew 11:17

Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words “It is like” in verse 16.

λέγουσιν…καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε

Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God’s truth. (See: Parables and Simile)

ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν

“We” refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here “you” is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: Forms of You)

καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε

“but you did not dance to the happy music”

ἐθρηνήσαμεν

This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε

“but you did not cry with us”

Matthew 11:18

Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.

μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων

Here “bread” refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol” or “not eating fancy food and not drinking wine” (See: Synecdoche and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει.

This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” or “they accuse him of having a demon” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

λέγουσιν

All occurrences of “they” refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.

Matthew 11:19

ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, came” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων

This is the opposite of John’s behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.

λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης…ἁμαρτωλῶν!

This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners.” or “they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being…sinners.” If you translated “The Son of Man” as “I, the Son of man,” you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: “they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard…sinners.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations and First, Second or Third Person)

ἄνθρωπος, φάγος

“he is a greedy eater” or “he continually eats too much food”

οἰνοπότης

“a drunk” or “he continually drinks too much alcohol”

καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς

This is a proverb that Jesus applies to this situation, because the people who rejected both him and John were not being wise. Jesus and John the Baptist are the wise ones, and the results of their deeds prove it. (See: Proverbs)

ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς

Here “wisdom” is described as a woman who is proven to be right by what she does. Jesus means that the results of a wise person’s actions prove that he is truly wise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the results of a wise person’s deeds prove that he is wise” (See: Personification and Active or Passive)

Matthew 11:20

Jesus begins to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.

ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις

Here “the cities” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “rebuke the people of the cities” (See: Metonymy)

πόλεις

“towns”

ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his mighty deeds” (See: Active or Passive)

αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ

“mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”

Matthew 11:21

οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν!

Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: Apostrophe)

οὐαί σοι

“How terrible it will be for you.” Here “you” is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: Forms of You)

Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι

The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: Metonymy and How to Translate Names)

εἰ…αἱ δυνάμεις…ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ

Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: Hypothetical Situations)

εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν

This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: “If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: Active or Passive)

αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν

Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. (See: Forms of You)

πάλαι…μετενόησαν

The pronoun “they” refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.

μετενόησαν

“would have shown they were sorry for their sins”

Matthew 11:22

Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ ὑμῖν

Here “Tyre and Sidon” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon” (See: Metonymy)

ἢ ὑμῖν

Here the “you” is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual “you” to refer to the two cities, or a plural “you” to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: Forms of You and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 11:23

Jesus continues to rebuke the people of the cities where he previously did miracles.

σύ, Καφαρναούμ

Jesus now speaks to the people in the city of Capernaum as if they were listening to him, but they were not. The pronoun “you” is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout these two verses. (See: Apostrophe)

σύ

All occurrences of “you” are singular. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural “you.” (See: Forms of You)

Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις

The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: Metonymy)

μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?

“do you think you will be raised up to heaven?” Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. It can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: “you cannot raise yourself up to heaven!” or “the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven!” or “God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: Rhetorical Question and Active or Passive)

ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will send you down to Hades” (See: Active or Passive)

ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις…ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον

Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: Hypothetical Situations)

εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: Active or Passive)

δυνάμεις

“mighty works” or “works of power” or “miracles”

ἔμεινεν

The pronoun “it” refers to the city of Sodom.

Matthew 11:24

λέγω ὑμῖν

This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ἢ σοί

Here “land of Sodom” refer to the people who lived there. Alternate translation: “God will show more mercy to the people of Sodom in the day of judgment than to you” or “God will punish you more severely in the day of judgment than the people of Sodom” (See: Metonymy)

ἢ σοί

The implicit information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 11:25

In verses 25 and 26, Jesus prays to his heavenly Father while still in the presence of the crowd. In verse 27, he begins to address the people again.

Πάτερ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς

“Lord who rules over heaven and earth.” The phrase “heaven and earth” is a merism that refers to all people and things in the universe. Alternate translation: “Lord who rules over the whole universe” (See: Merism)

ἔκρυψας ταῦτα…καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ

It is not clear what is meant by “these things.” If your language needs to specify what is meant, an alternative translation might be best. Alternate translation: “you concealed these truths…and revealed them”

ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ

“you hid these things from” or “you have not made these things known to.” This verb is the opposite of “revealed.”

ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν

These nominal adjectives can be translated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “from people who are wise and understanding” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν

Jesus is using irony. He does not think these people are really wise. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and understanding” (See: Irony)

ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ

“made them known.” The pronoun “them” refers to “these things” earlier in this verse.

νηπίοις

Jesus compares ignorant people to little children. Jesus is emphasizing that many of those who believe him either are not well educated or do not think of themselves as wise. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 11:26

ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου

The phrase “in your sight” is a metonym that stands for how a person considers something. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 11:27

πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has entrusted all things to me” or “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: Active or Passive)

πάντα

Possible meanings are (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus.

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ

“only the Father knows the Son”

οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει

The word “knows” here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.

τὸν Υἱὸν

Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

τὸν Υἱὸν

This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς

“only the Son knows the Father”

Matthew 11:28

Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.

πάντες

All occurrences of “you” are plural. (See: Forms of You)

οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι

Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: “who are discouraged from trying so hard” or “Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly” (See: Metaphor)

κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς

“I will allow you to rest from your labor and burden”

Matthew 11:29

ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς

Jesus continues the metaphor. Jesus is inviting the people to become his disciples and follow him. (See: Metaphor)

πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ

Here “meek” and “lowly in heart” mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he will be much kinder than the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “I am gentle and humble” or “I am very gentle” (See: Doublet)

ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ

Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “lowly in heart” is an idiom that means “humble.” Alternate translation: “humble” (See: Metonymy and Idiom)

εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν

Here “soul” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “you will find rest for yourselves” or “you will be able to rest” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 11:30

ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν

Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: Parallelism)

τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν

The word “light” here is the opposite of heavy, not the opposite of dark.

Matthew 12

Matthew 12 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

The Sabbath

This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: Sabbath)

“Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous and Holy Spirit, Spirit of God, Spirit of the Lord, Spirit)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Brothers and sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: brother)

Matthew 12:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath.

ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ

This marks a new part of the story. Alternate translation: “A little later”

τῶν σπορίμων

a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: Translate Unknowns)

τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν

Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.

τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν

“to pick some of the wheat and eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and eat it”

στάχυας

This is the topmost part of the wheat plant. It holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant.

Matthew 12:2

ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ

Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath.

οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι

This does not mean all of the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees”

ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου

“Look, your disciples.” The Pharisees use this word to draw attention to what the disciples are doing.

Matthew 12:3

Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.

αὐτοῖς

“to the Pharisees”

οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε…μετ’ αὐτοῦ?

Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. Alternate translation: “I know you have read about…with him” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:4

τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ

During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God”

τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως

This is sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ

“the men who were with David”

εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις

“but, according to the law, only the priest could eat it”

Matthew 12:5

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.

οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι…ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν?

Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that…but are guiltless.” or “You should know that the law teaches that…but are guiltless.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν

“do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day”

ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν

“God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty”

Matthew 12:6

λέγω…ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν ἐστιν

“someone who is more important than the temple.” Jesus was referring to himself as the one greater. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 12:7

In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.

εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους

Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν

In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.

θέλω

The pronoun “I” refers to God.

τοὺς ἀναιτίους

This can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 12:8

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is referring to himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου

“rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath”

Matthew 12:9

Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath.

καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν

“Jesus left the grainfields” or “Then Jesus left”

τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν

Possible meanings are (1) the word “their” refers to the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” or (2) the word “their” refers to the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word “their” does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended”

Matthew 12:10

ἰδοὺ

The word “Behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν

“a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “a man with a crippled hand”

καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ

“The Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’”

εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν?

“According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbath”

ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ

They did not just want to accuse Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:11

Jesus responds to the Pharisees’ criticism.

τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν…οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ?

Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep…would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:12

πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου?

The phrase “how much more” adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep”

ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν

“those who do good on the Sabbath are obeying the law”

Matthew 12:13

τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα.

This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ

“to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand”

ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα

“Hold out your hand” or “Extend your hand”

ἐξέτεινεν

“The man stretched”

ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:14

συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ

“planned to harm Jesus”

ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν

“were discussing how they might kill Jesus”

Matthew 12:15

This account explains how the actions of Jesus fulfilled one of the prophecies of Isaiah.

ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν

“Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he”

ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν

“departed from” or “left”

Matthew 12:16

μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν

“not to tell anyone else about him”

Matthew 12:17

ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν

The phrase “that it might come true” can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This was to fulfill what”

τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”

Matthew 12:18

Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture.

ἰδοὺ

“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

μου…ᾑρέτισα…θήσω

All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.

ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου

“he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him”

εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου

Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: Synecdoche)

κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ

The means that God’s servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun “justice” can be expressed as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 12:19

Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.

οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ

Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: Metonymy)

οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ

All occurrences of these words refer to God’s chosen servant.

ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις

This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 12:20

οὐ κατεάξει

All occurrences of “he” refer to God’s chosen servant.

κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει

Both of these statements mean the same thing. They are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both “bruised reed” and “smoking flax” represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: Parallelism and Metaphor)

κάλαμον συντετριμμένον

“damaged plant”

λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει

“he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning”

λίνον τυφόμενον

This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.

λίνον…ἕως

This can be translated with a new sentence: “flax. This is what he will do until”

ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν

Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 12:21

τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ

Here “name” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: Synecdoche)

Matthew 12:22

Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.

τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: Active or Passive)

προσηνέχθη…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός

“someone who could not see and could not talk”

Matthew 12:23

καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι

“All the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised”

ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ

This is a title for the Christ or Messiah.

υἱὸς

Here this means “descendant of.”

Matthew 12:24

In verse 25, Jesus begins to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.

ἀκούσαντες

This refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man.

οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ

This can be stated in a positive form. “This man is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: Double Negatives)

οὗτος

The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.

ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων

“the chief of the demons”

Matthew 12:25

πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται

Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: Proverbs and Parallelism)

πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται

Here “kingdom” refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: Metonymy and Active or Passive)

πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται

Here “city” refers to the people who live there, and “house” refers to a family. Being “divided against itself” represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: Metonymy and Metaphor)

Matthew 12:26

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.

καὶ εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει

The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: Metonymy)

πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ?

Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:27

Βεελζεβοὺλ

This name refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26).

οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν?

Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν

Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase “your sons” refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: Metaphor)

διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν

“Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.”

Matthew 12:28

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.

εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ

Here “if” does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I”

ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ

“then the kingdom of God has arrived among you.” Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: Metonymy)

ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς

Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 12:29

πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν…τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει.

Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: Parables)

πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν…ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?

Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. Alternate translation: “No one can enter…without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter…he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν?

“without taking control of the strong man first”

τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει

“The he can steal” or “Then he will be able to steal”

Matthew 12:30

ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ

“who does not support me” or “who does not work with me”

κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν

“opposes me” or “works against me”

ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει

Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:31

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.

λέγω ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

λέγω ὑμῖν

Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: Forms of You)

πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: Active or Passive)

ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:32

καὶ ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Here “word” refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: Metonymy)

τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: Active or Passive)

οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person”

οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι

Here “this world” and “that which is to come” refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 12:33

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.

ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν

Possible meanings are (1) “If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad” or (2) “If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad.” This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.

καλὸν…σαπρὸν

“healthy…diseased”

ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται

“Fruit” here is a metaphor for what a person does. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” or “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: Active or Passive and Metaphor)

Matthew 12:34

γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν

Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” Vipers are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 3:7. (See: Metaphor)

γεννήματα…λαλεῖν…ὄντες

These are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: Forms of You)

πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν

Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things.” or “you can only say evil things.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ

Here “heart” is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Here “mouth” is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: Metonymy and Synecdoche)

Matthew 12:35

ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά

Jesus speaks about the “heart” as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:36

Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.

λέγω…ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ

“God will ask people about” or “people will have to explain to God”

πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν

Here “word” refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 12:37

δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you…God will condemn you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 12:38

In verse 39, Jesus begins to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.

The dialogue in these verses happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan.

θέλομεν

“we want”

ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν

You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:39

γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ

Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

γενεὰ…μοιχαλὶς

Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “unfaithful generation” or “godless generation” (See: Metaphor)

σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ

Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: Active or Passive)

εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου

“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”

Matthew 12:40

τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας

Here “day” and “night” mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: Merism)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς

This means inside a physical grave. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 12:41

Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.

ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται

“The citizens of Nineveh”

ἐν τῇ κρίσει

“on judgment day” or “when God judges people”

τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης

This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.

καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν

Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: Metonymy)

καὶ ἰδοὺ

“and look.” This emphasizes what Jesus says next.

πλεῖον

“someone more important”

πλεῖον

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε

You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:42

Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.

βασίλισσα νότου

This refers to the Queen of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: How to Translate Names)

ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει

“will stand up at the judgment”

ἐν τῇ κρίσει

“on judgment day” or “when God judges people.” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:41.

τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης

This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.

καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν

See how you translated a similar statement in Matthew 12:41. Possible meanings are (1) “condemn” here represents accusing. Alternate translation: “and will accuse this generation of people” or (2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “and God will condemn this generation” (See: Metonymy)

ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς

Here “ends of the earth” is an idiom that means “far away.” Alternate translation: “She came from very far away” (See: Idiom)

ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος

This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. Alternate translation: “For she came” (See: Connecting Words and Phrases)

καὶ ἰδοὺ

“and look.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

πλεῖον

“someone more important”

πλεῖον

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Σολομῶνος ὧδε

You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 12:43

Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.

ἀνύδρων τόπων

“dry places” or “places where no people live”

οὐχ εὑρίσκει

Here “it” refers to rest.

Matthew 12:44

τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον.

This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came”

εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον

This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the place I left” (See: Metaphor)

εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: Active or Passive)

σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον

Again, “house” is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, “swept out and put in order” suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:45

Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words “When an unclean spirit” in verse 43.

τότε πορεύεται…καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ

Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: Parables)

οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ

This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came.

Matthew 12:46

The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family.

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

ἡ μήτηρ

This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother.

οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ

These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is possible that the word “brothers” here refers to Jesus’ cousins.

ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι

“wanting to speak”

Matthew 12:47

εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι.

This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 12:48

This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 12:1, where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry.

τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ

The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: Ellipsis)

τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου?

Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 12:49

ἰδοὺ

“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου

This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 12:50

ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ

“anyone who does”

τοῦ Πατρός

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν

This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13

Matthew 13 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.

This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Metonymy

Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (Matthew 13:11).

Implicit information

Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” (Matthew 13:1), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Metaphor

Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message (Matthew 13:19).

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” (Matthew 13:6). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: Active or Passive)

Parables

The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth (Matthew 13:11-13).

Matthew 13:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.

ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ

These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.

ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας

It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.

ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν

It is implied that he sat down to teach the people. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:2

ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα

It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

πλοῖον

This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:3

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.

καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς

“Jesus told them many things in parables”

αὐτοῖς

“to the people in the crowd”

ἰδοὺ

“Look” or “Listen.” This word calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν

“a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field”

Matthew 13:4

καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν

“As the farmer scattered the seed”

παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν

This refers to a “path” next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it.

κατέφαγεν αὐτά

“ate all the seeds”

Matthew 13:5

τὰ πετρώδη

This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks.

καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν

“The seeds quickly sprouted and grew”

Matthew 13:6

ἐκαυματίσθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐξηράνθη

“the plants became dry and died”

Matthew 13:7

Jesus finishes telling a parable about a person who sows seeds.

ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας

“fell where plants with thorns grew”

ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά

“choked the new sprouts.” Use your word for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well.

Matthew 13:8

ἐδίδου καρπόν

“grew more seeds” or “gave fruit”

ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα

The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced one hundred times as much crop, some seeds produced sixty times as much crop, and some seeds produced thirty times as much crop” (See: Ellipsis)

ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα

“100…60…30” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 13:9

ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 13:10

Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables.

Matthew 13:11

ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται

This can be translated with the active form and with implied information expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: Active or Passive and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι

The word “You” is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:12

ὅστις…ἔχει

“whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach”

δοθήσεται

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: Active or Passive)

ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει

“whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach”

καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 13:13

In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people’s failure to understand Jesus’ teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.

Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.

αὐτοῖς…βλέπουσιν

All occurrences of “them” and “they” refer to the people in the crowd.

Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: Parallelism)

βλέποντες

Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them seeing what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “Though they see what I do” or (2) this refers to their ability to see. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to see”

οὐ βλέπουσιν

Here “see” represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: Metaphor)

ἀκούοντες

Possible meanings are (1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “Though they hear what I say” or (2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “Though they are able to hear”

οὐκ ἀκούουσιν

Here “hear” represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:14

καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah”

ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε

This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: Parallelism)

ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε

“You will hear things, but you will not understand them.” You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε

You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:15

Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.

ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…ἰάσομαι αὐτούς

In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: Metaphor)

ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου

Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “these people can no longer learn” (See: Metonymy)

τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν

They are not physically deaf. Here “hard of hearing” means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: Metonymy)

τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν

They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: Metonymy)

μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν

“so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again”

τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν

The word “hearts” here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: Metonymy)

ἐπιστρέψωσιν

“turn back to me” or “repent”

ἰάσομαι αὐτούς

“have me heal them.” This means God would heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:16

Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples why he teaches with parables.

ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν

Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: Parallelism)

ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν

Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: Synecdoche)

ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν

All occurrences of these words are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν

Here “ears” refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: Synecdoche and Ellipsis)

Matthew 13:17

ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὑμῖν

All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

ἃ βλέπετε

You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἃ ἀκούετε

You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:18

Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in Matthew 13:3.

Matthew 13:19

τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας

“the message about God’s rule as king”

ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: Metaphor)

ὁ πονηρὸς

This refers to Satan. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἁρπάζει

Try to use a word that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner.

τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

This can be translated in active form: Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

Here “heart” refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: Metonymy)

οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς

“This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person”

παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν

See how you translated this in Matthew 13:4.

Matthew 13:20

Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.

ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς

The phrase “what was sown” refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν

“The rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “The rocky ground where seed fell represents”

ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων

In the parable, the seed represents the word.

τὸν λόγον

This represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: Metonymy)

μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν

Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: “joyfully believes it” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:21

οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν

“Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while.” The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: Metaphor)

εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται

Here “falls away” means stops believing. Alternate translation: “immediately he falls away” or “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:22

Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.

ὁ…σπαρείς

This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: “The seed that was sown” or “The seed that fell” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς

“The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown”

οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ

“this represents the person”

τὸν λόγον

“the message” or “God’s teaching”

ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον

Jesus speaks about the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: Metaphor)

μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου

“the things in this world that people worry about”

ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου

Jesus describes “riches” as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: Personification)

ἄκαρπος γίνεται

The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 13:23

ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς

“The good soil where seeds were sown”

δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ

The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “Like a healthy plant that bears a crop of fruit, he is productive” (See: Metaphor)

ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα

The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:8. Alternate translation: “Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: Ellipsis and Numbers)

Matthew 13:24

Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: Parables)

ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ

The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: Simile)

ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: Metonymy)

καλὸν σπέρμα

“good food seeds” or “good grain seeds.” The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:25

ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς

“his enemy came to the field”

ζιζάνια

These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”

Matthew 13:26

ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος

“When the wheat seeds sprouted” or “When the plants came up”

καρπὸν ἐποίησεν

“produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”

τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια

“then people could see there were weeds in the field also”

Matthew 13:27

Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.

τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου

This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.

οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ?

The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας

The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 13:28

ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς

“The landowner said to the servants”

θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες

The word “us” refers to the servants.

Matthew 13:29

Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.

ὁ δέ φησιν

“The landowner said to his servants”

Matthew 13:30

ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου.

You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

τὴν ἀποθήκην

a farm building that can be used for storing grain

Matthew 13:31

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: Parables)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: Metonymy)

κόκκῳ σινάπεως

a very small seed that grows into a large plant (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:32

ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων

Mustard seeds were the smallest seeds known to the original hearers. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ

“But when the plant has grown”

μεῖζον…ἐστὶν

“it is larger than”

γίνεται δένδρον

A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.

τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ

“birds”

Matthew 13:33

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: Parables)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ

The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: Simile)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: Metonymy)

ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία

Say “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: Biblical Volume)

ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον

The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:34

Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.

ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς

Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught the crowds only with parables. (See: Parallelism)

ταῦτα πάντα

This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at Matthew 13:1.

χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς

“he taught them nothing except by parables.” The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 13:35

πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: Active or Passive)

λέγοντος

“when the prophet said”

ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου

This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: Idiom)

κεκρυμμένα

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου

“since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world”

Matthew 13:36

Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in Matthew 13:24.

ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν

“went indoors” or “went into the house where he was staying”

Matthew 13:37

ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα

“The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed”

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is referring to himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 13:38

οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας

The idiom “sons of” refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: Idiom)

τῆς βασιλείας

Here “kingdom” refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: Metonymy)

οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ

The idiom “sons of” refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 13:39

ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά

“the enemy who sowed the weeds”

Matthew 13:40

Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.

ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 13:41

ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ

Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν

“those who are lawless” or “evil people”

Matthew 13:42

τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός

This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: Metaphor)

ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων

“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 13:43

ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος

If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: Simile)

τοῦ Πατρὸς

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase “has ears” here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ…ἀκουέτω

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in Matthew 11:15. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 13:44

In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: Simile)

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: Parables)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: Metonymy)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: Active or Passive)

θησαυρῷ

a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things

ἔκρυψεν

“covered it up”

πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον

The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 13:45

ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας

The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable pearls that he could buy. (See: Simile and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ

a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places

καλοὺς μαργαρίτας

A “pearl” is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine pearls” or “beautiful pearls” (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 13:47

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: Parables)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ

The kingdom is not like the net, but the kingdom draws all kinds of people like a net catches all kinds of fish. (See: Simile)

ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: Metonymy)

ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: Active or Passive)

βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν

“was thrown into the sea”

ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ

“caught all kinds of fish”

Matthew 13:48

ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν

“pulled the net up onto the beach” or “pulled the net ashore”

τὰ καλὰ

“the good ones”

τὰ…σαπρὰ

“the bad fish” or “the inedible fish”

ἔβαλον

“did not keep”

Matthew 13:49

Jesus explains the parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish.

ἐξελεύσονται

“will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven”

τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων

These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 13:50

βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς

“The angels will throw the wicked people”

τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός

This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term “furnace” is not known, “oven” can be used. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:42. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: Metaphor)

ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων

“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 13:51

Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.

συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί.

If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 13:52

μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: Metonymy)

ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά

Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a house owner who uses both old and new treasures. (See: Parables)

τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ

A treasure is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.”

Matthew 13:53

καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε

This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “Then” or “After”

Matthew 13:54

This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 17:27, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him.

τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ

“his hometown.” This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν

The pronoun “their” is referring to the people of the region.

ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς

“they were amazed”

πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις?

The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. They use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” or “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 13:55

οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας?

The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός

A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If “carpenter” is not known, “builder” can be used.

Matthew 13:56

αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν?

The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “And all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα?

The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ταῦτα πάντα

This refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles.

Matthew 13:57

ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “The people rejected Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: Double Negatives)

τῇ πατρίδι

“his own region” or “his own hometown”

ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ

“in his own home”

Matthew 13:58

οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς

“Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown”

Matthew 14

Matthew 14 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see Matthew 4:12). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: Background Information)

Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter (Matthew 14:11). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 14:1

These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: Order of Events)

ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ

“In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee”

ἤκουσεν…τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ

“heard reports about Jesus” or “heard about the fame of Jesus”

Matthew 14:2

εἶπεν

“Herod said”

ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν

The words “from the dead” speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.

διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ

Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.

Matthew 14:3

Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist’s death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.

Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: Order of Events)

ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο

It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: Metonymy)

τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου

Philip was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own wife. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 14:4

ἔλεγεν γὰρ…ὁ Ἰωάννης…ἔχειν αὐτήν

If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: Order of Events)

ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν.

This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης

“For John had kept saying to Herod”

οὐκ ἔξεστίν

Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 14:5

ἐφοβήθη

“Herod feared”

αὐτὸν εἶχον

“they regarded John”

Matthew 14:6

ἐν τῷ μέσῳ

You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 14:8

ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “After her mother instructed her” (See: Active or Passive)

ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα

“coached” or “told”

φησίν

“the daughter of Herodias said to Herod”

πίνακι

a very large plate

Matthew 14:9

καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Her request made the king very upset” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ βασιλεὺς

“King Herod”

ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his men to do what she said” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 14:10

This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.

Matthew 14:11

ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: Active or Passive)

πίνακι

a very large plate

τῷ κορασίῳ

Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.

Matthew 14:12

οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ

“the disciples of John”

τὸ πτῶμα

“the dead body”

ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ

The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 14:13

These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people. (See: Background Information)

These verses describe how Jesus reacted when he heard that Herod had executed John the Baptist.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

ἀκούσας

“heard what happened to John” or “heard the news about John”

ἀνεχώρησεν

“he left” or “he went away from the crowd.” It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἐκεῖθεν

“from that place”

καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι

“When the crowds heard where Jesus had gone” or “When the crowds heard that he had left”

οἱ ὄχλοι

“the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people”

πεζῇ

This means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: Idiom)

Matthew 14:14

καὶ ἐξελθὼν, εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον

“When Jesus came ashore, he saw a large crowd”

Matthew 14:15

This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish.

προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ

“Jesus’ disciples came to him”

Matthew 14:16

οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν

“The people in the crowd have no need”

δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς

The word “You” is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 14:17

οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ

“The disciples said to Jesus”

πέντε ἄρτους

A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.

Matthew 14:18

φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς

“Bring the loaves and fish to me”

Matthew 14:19

This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.

ἀνακλιθῆναι

“lie down.” Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.

λαβὼν

“He held in his hands.” He did not steal them. (See: Idiom)

κλάσας…τοὺς ἄρτους

“tore the loaves”

τοὺς ἄρτους

“loaves of bread” or “whole breads”

ἀναβλέψας

Possible meanings are (1) “While looking up” or (2) “After looking up.”

Matthew 14:20

καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: Active or Passive)

ἦραν

“the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up”

δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις

“12 baskets full” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 14:21

οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες

“Those who ate the bread and the fish”

ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι

“5,000 men” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 14:22

These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.

The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.

καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν

“As soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he”

Matthew 14:23

ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης

“Late in the evening” or “When it became dark”

Matthew 14:24

βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων

“and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves”

Matthew 14:25

τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς

The fourth watch is between 3 a.m. and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Just before dawn”

περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν

“walking on top of the water”

Matthew 14:26

ἐταράχθησαν

“they were very afraid”

φάντασμά

a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died

Matthew 14:28

ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος

“Peter answered Jesus”

Matthew 14:30

βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν

Here “saw the wind” means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 14:31

ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί

“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why”

εἰς τί ἐδίστασας

Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking.” (See: Rhetorical Question and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 14:33

Θεοῦ Υἱὸς

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 14:34

These verses describe what happened after Jesus walked on the water. They summarize how the people were responding to Jesus’ ministry.

καὶ διαπεράσαντες

“When Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake”

Γεννησαρέτ

This is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 14:35

ἀπέστειλαν

“the men of that area sent messages”

Matthew 14:36

καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν

“The sick people begged him”

τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ

“his robe” or “what he was wearing”

διεσώθησαν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15

Matthew 15 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

The “traditions of the elders”

The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God)

Jews and Gentiles

The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Sheep

The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 15:1

The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: Introduction of a New Event)

Matthew 15:2

διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων?

The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων

This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.

οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας

This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 15:3

διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν?

Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 15:4

In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents.

Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.

θανάτῳ τελευτάτω

“the people will surely execute him”

Matthew 15:5

ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε

Here “you” is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 15:6

Jesus continues to rebuke the Pharisees.

οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ

The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ

It is implied that “his father” means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ

Here “word of God” refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands”

διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν

“because you want to follow your traditions”

Matthew 15:7

In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes.

Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees and scribes.

καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας

“Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you”

λέγων

It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 15:8

ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ

Here “lips” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: Metonymy)

με

All occurrences of this word refer to God.

ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ

Here “heart” refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: Metonymy and Idiom)

Matthew 15:9

μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με

“Their worship means nothing to me” or “They only pretend to worship me”

ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων

“the rules that people make up”

Matthew 15:10

Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his disciples about what defiles a person and why the Pharisees and scribes were wrong to criticize him.

Matthew 15:11

εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος

Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 15:12

οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15:13

πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται

This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: Metaphor)

ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ἐκριζωθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15:14

ἄφετε αὐτούς

The word “them” refers to the Pharisees.

ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί…ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται

Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 15:15

Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in Matthew 15:13-14.

ἡμῖν

“to us disciples”

Matthew 15:16

Jesus explains the parable that he told in Matthew 15:13-14.

ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε?

Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word “you” is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 15:17

οὔπω νοεῖτε…εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα

Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: “Surely you understand…into the latrine” (See: Rhetorical Question)

εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ

“goes into the stomach”

ἀφεδρῶνα

This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.

Matthew 15:18

Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in Matthew 15:13-14.

τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος

This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “words that a person says” (See: Metonymy)

ἐκ τῆς καρδίας

Here “heart” refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 15:19

φόνοι

the act of killing innocent people

Matthew 15:20

ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν

This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands”

Matthew 15:21

This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.

ἐξελθὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς

It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 15:22

ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα

The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “There was a Canaanite woman who came”

γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα

“a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came.” The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.

ἐλέησόν με

This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Υἱὸς Δαυείδ

Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.

ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 15:23

οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον

Here “word” refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 15:24

οὐκ ἀπεστάλην

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: Active or Passive)

εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ

This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in Matthew 10:6. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 15:25

ἡ…ἐλθοῦσα

“the Canaanite woman came”

προσεκύνει αὐτῷ

This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 15:26

οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις

Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: Proverbs)

τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων

Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: Synecdoche)

τοῖς κυναρίοις

The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.

Matthew 15:27

καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν

The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: Metaphor)

τὰ κυνάρια

Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in Matthew 15:26.

Matthew 15:28

γενηθήτω

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: Active or Passive)

ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “Her daughter became well” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 15:29

These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: Background Information)

Matthew 15:30

χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς

“those who could not walk, those who could not see, those who could not talk, and those whose arms or legs did not function”

ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ

Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “The crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus”

Matthew 15:31

κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: Active or Passive)

κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς

These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the crippled persons…the lame persons…the blind persons” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 15:32

This begins the account of Jesus feeding four thousand people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish.

νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ

“without eating because they might faint on the way”

Matthew 15:33

πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον?

The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the crowd. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere nearby that we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 15:34

ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια

The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 15:35

ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν

Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down.

Matthew 15:36

ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας

“Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands”

ἔκλασεν

“he tore the loaves”

ἐδίδου

“gave the bread and the fish”

Matthew 15:37

ἦραν

“the disciples gathered” or “some people gathered”

Matthew 15:38

οἱ…ἐσθίοντες

“The people who ate”

τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες

“4,000 men” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 15:39

τὰ ὅρια

“the area”

Μαγαδάν

This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 16

Matthew 16 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Yeast

Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: Metaphor)

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Metaphor

Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: Metaphor)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Background information

Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.

Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” (Matthew 16:25).

Matthew 16:1

This begins an encounter between Jesus and the Pharisees and Sadducees.

πειράζοντες

Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenged him” or “wanted to trap him”

Matthew 16:4

γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ…δοθήσεται αὐτῇ

Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me…given to you” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς

Here “adulterous” is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. Alternate translation: “An unfaithful generation” or “A godless generation” (See: Metaphor)

σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ

Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: Active or Passive)

εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ

“except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet.” See how you translated this in Matthew 12:39.

Matthew 16:5

Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.

τὸ πέραν

You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the other side of the lake” or “the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 16:6

τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων

Here “yeast” is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in 16:12. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:7

διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς

“discussed this with each other” or “thought about this”

Matthew 16:8

ὀλιγόπιστοι

“You who have such little faith.” Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their concern about not bringing bread shows they have little faith in Jesus to provide for them. See how you translated this in Matthew 6:30.

τί διαλογίζεσθε…ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε?

Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples for not understanding what he just said. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 16:9

Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.

οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε…ἐλάβετε?

Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember…you gathered up!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τῶν πεντακισχιλίων

“5,000” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 16:10

τῶν τετρακισχιλίων

“4,000” (See: Numbers)

οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους…ἐλάβετε?

“Do you also not remember the seven loaves…you took up?” Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves…you took up!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 16:11

Jesus continues to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.

πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν?

Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων

Here “yeast” represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In 16:12 the disciples will understand the meaning. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:12

συνῆκαν

These refer to the disciples.

Matthew 16:13

Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is referring to himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 16:16

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος

This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος

Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.

Matthew 16:17

Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ

“Simon son of Jonah” (See: How to Translate Names)

σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν

Here “flesh and blood” refers to a human being. Alternate translation: “a human did not reveal” (See: Synecdoche)

σοι

Here “this” refers to Peter’s statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.

ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς

The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you” (See: Ellipsis)

ὁ Πατήρ μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 16:18

κἀγὼ…σοι λέγω

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

σὺ εἶ Πέτρος

The name Peter means “rock.” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν

Here “build my church” is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are (1) “this rock” represents Peter, or (2) “this rock” represents the truth that Peter had just said in Matthew 16:16. (See: Metaphor)

πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς

Here “Hades” is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here “Hades” represents death, and its “gates” represent its power. Possible meanings are (1) “the powers of death will not overcome my church” or (2) “my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city.” (See: Metaphor and Metonymy)

Matthew 16:19

δώσω σοι

Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. (See: Forms of You)

τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: Metaphor)

τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν

This refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. (See: Metonymy)

ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς

Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “loose” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: Metaphor and Metonymy)

Matthew 16:21

Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.

πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων

Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer” (See: Metonymy)

γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι

Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: “scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again” (See: Active or Passive)

τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ

“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 16:22

καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος

Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: Background Information)

προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος

“Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them”

ἵλεώς σοι

This is an idiom that means “may this never happen.” Alternate translation: “No” or “Never” or “May God forbid this” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 16:23

ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ

Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: “Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me” or “Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me” (See: Metaphor)

ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου

“Get away from me”

Matthew 16:24

ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν

Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” or “be one of my disciples” (See: Metaphor)

ἀπαρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν

“must not give in to his own desires” or “must forsake his own desires”

ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι

“carry his cross, and follow me.” The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “and obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” or “and he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying” (See: Metonymy and Metaphor)

καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι

Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: “and obey me” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:25

ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ

“For anyone who wants”

ἀπολέσει αὐτήν

This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: Metaphor)

ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ

“because he trusts me” or “on my account” or “because of me”

εὑρήσει αὐτήν

This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: “will find true life” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 16:26

τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος…τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?

Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “It does not profit a person…his life.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ

The words “the whole world” are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: Hyperbole)

τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ

“but he loses his life”

ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ?

Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that a person can give to regain his life.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 16:27

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ…τότε ἀποδώσει

Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man…my Father…Then I” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

μέλλει…ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ

“will come, having the same glory as his Father”

μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ

“and the angels will be with him.” If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as “and my Father’s angels will be with me.” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ

“according to what each person has done”

Matthew 16:28

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὑμῖν

All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου

Here “taste” means to experience. Alternate translation: “will not experience death” or” will not die” (See: Idiom)

ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ

Here “his kingdom” represents him being King. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming as King” or “until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 17

Matthew 17 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Elijah

The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess and Christ, Messiah)

“transfigured”

Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: glory, glorious, glorify and fear, afraid, dread, frighten)

Matthew 17:1

This begins the account of Jesus’ transfiguration.

τὸν Πέτρον, καὶ Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ

“Peter, James, and James’s brother John”

Matthew 17:2

μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν

When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.

μετεμορφώθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his appearance had changed” or “he appeared very different” (See: Active or Passive)

ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν

“in front of them” or “so they could clearly him”

ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς

These are similes that emphasize how bright Jesus’ appearance became. (See: Simile)

τὰ…ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ

“what he was wearing”

Matthew 17:3

ἰδοὺ

This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

αὐτοῖς

This refers to Peter, James, and John.

μετ’ αὐτοῦ

“with Jesus”

Matthew 17:4

ἀποκριθεὶς…εἶπεν

“said.” Peter is not responding to a question.

καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι

It is not clear whether “us” refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’ and Inclusive and Exclusive “We”)

Matthew 17:5

ἰδοὺ

This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς

“came over them”

φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης

Here “voice” refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: “God spoke to them from out of the cloud” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 17:6

καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ

“the disciples heard God speak”

ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν

Here “fell on their face” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they fell forward, with their faces to the ground” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 17:9

The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus’ transfiguration.

καὶ καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν

“As Jesus and the disciples”

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 17:10

τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον?

The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 17:11

ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα

“put things in order” or “get the people ready to receive the Messiah”

Matthew 17:12

λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν

All occurrences of these words may mean either (1) the Jewish leaders or (2) all the Jewish people.

καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν

Here “hands” refers to power. Alternate translation: “they will make the Son of Man suffer” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is referring to himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 17:14

This begins an account of Jesus healing a boy who had an evil spirit. These events happen immediately after Jesus and his disciples descend from the mountain.

Matthew 17:15

ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν

It is implied that the man wants Jesus to heal his son. Alternate translation: “have mercy on my son and heal him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

σεληνιάζεται

This means that he sometimes had seizures. He would become unconscious and move uncontrollably. Alternate translation: “has seizures”

Matthew 17:17

γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε

“This generation does not believe in God and does not know what is right or wrong. How”

ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν?

These questions show Jesus is unhappy with the people. Alternate translation: “I am tired of being with you! I am tired of your unbelief and corruption!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 17:18

ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the boy became well” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “immediately” or “at that moment” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 17:19

ἡμεῖς

Here “we” refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: Exclusive and Inclusive ‘We’)

διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό?

“Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?”

Matthew 17:20

ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως

Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: Simile)

οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν

This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “you will be able to do anything” (See: Litotes)

Matthew 17:22

Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.

συστρεφομένων…αὐτῶν

“Jesus and his disciples stayed”

μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: Active or Passive)

παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων

The word “hands” here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: “taken and put under the power of people” or “taken and given to people who will control him” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων

Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “to the control of the people” or “to the people” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 17:23

αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ

“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

ἐγερθήσεται

Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will cause him to become alive again” (See: Active or Passive and Idiom)

Matthew 17:24

Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.

ἐλθόντων…αὐτῶν

“When Jesus and his disciples”

τὰ δίδραχμα

This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the temple tax” (See: Biblical Money and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 17:25

τὴν οἰκίαν

“the place where Jesus was staying”

τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?

Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: “Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 17:26

This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 13:54, where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.

Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.

εἰπόντος δέ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς

If you translated Jesus’ questions as statements in Matthew 17:25, you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When Peter said, ‘Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,’ Jesus said” or “After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων

In modern times, leaders usually tax their own citizens. But, in ancient times, the leaders often taxed the people they had conquered rather than their own citizens.

οἱ υἱοί

people over whom a ruler or king rules

Matthew 17:27

ἵνα δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμεν αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς

“But we do not want to make the tax collectors angry. So, go.”

βάλε ἄγκιστρον

Fishermen tied hooks to the end of a line, then threw it in the water to catch fish. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ

“the fish’s mouth”

στατῆρα

a silver coin worth four days’ wages (See: Biblical Money)

ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν

“Take the shekel”

ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ

Here “you” is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 18

Matthew 18 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?

Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: repent, repentance and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Matthew 18:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 18:35, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.

τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν

“Who is the most important” or “Who among us will be the most important”

ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:3

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε…τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change…children in order to enter” (See: Double Negatives)

γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία

Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: Simile)

εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “enter God’s kingdom” or “belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:4

Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: Simile)

ἐστιν ὁ μείζων

“is the most important” or “will be the most important”

ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:5

ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου

Here “my name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: Metonymy)

καὶ ὃς ἐὰν…ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται

Jesus means that it is the same as welcoming him. Alternate translation: “When someone…in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “When someone…in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”

Matthew 18:6

κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: Active or Passive)

μύλος

This is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a heavy stone”

Matthew 18:7

Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and warns against the terrible consequences of causing children to sin.

τῷ κόσμῳ

Here “world” refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: Metonymy)

τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται

Here “stumbling” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin…things come that cause people to sin…any person who causes others to sin” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 18:8

εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ

Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: Hyperbole)

σου…σε

All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: Forms of You)

εἰς τὴν ζωὴν

“into eternal life”

ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:9

καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ

The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: Hyperbole)

σκανδαλίζει σε

Here “stumble” is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: Metaphor)

σου…σοῦ

All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: Forms of You)

εἰς τὴν ζωὴν

“into eternal life”

ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:10

ὁρᾶτε

“Be careful that” or “Be sure that”

μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων

“you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones”

λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν

This add emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὅτι οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς

Jewish teachers taught that only the most important angels could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: Idiom)

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 18:12

Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God’s care for people.

τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ?

Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὑμῖν

This word is plural. (See: Forms of You)

ἑκατὸν…ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα

“100…99” (See: Numbers)

οὐχὶ ἀφείς…τὸ πλανώμενον?

Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: “he will always leave…astray.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 18:13

καὶ ἐὰν γένηται εὑρεῖν αὐτό…τοῖς μὴ πεπλανημένοις

This is the end of the parable that begins with the words “If anyone” in verse 12. (See: Parables)

αὐτό, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word “you” is plural. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 18:14

οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων

“your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”

ὑμῶν

This word is plural. (See: Forms of You)

τοῦ Πατρὸς

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 18:15

Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.

ὁ ἀδελφός σου

This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”

ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου

“you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”

Matthew 18:16

ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα

Here “mouth” and “word” refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: Metonymy and Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:17

ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν

“if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”

τῆς ἐκκλησίας

“to the whole community of believers”

ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης

“treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector.” This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 18:18

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὑμῖν

All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: Forms of You)

ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ

Here “bind” is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and “release” is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, “in heaven” is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in Matthew 16:19. Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: Metaphor and Metonymy)

λέγω ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 18:19

ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν

It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς

These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you…you”

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 18:20

δύο ἢ τρεῖς

It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

συνηγμένοι

“meet”

εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα

Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 18:21

ἑπτάκις

“7 times” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 18:22

ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά

Possible meanings are (1) “70 times 7” or (2) “77 times.” If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 18:23

Jesus uses a parable to teach about forgiveness and reconciliation.

ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in Matthew 13:24. (See: Parables)

συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ

“his servants to pay him what they owed”

Matthew 18:24

προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servant” (See: Active or Passive)

μυρίων ταλάντων

“10,000 talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: Biblical Money and Numbers)

Matthew 18:25

ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι…καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man…and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:26

πεσὼν οὖν…προσεκύνει

This shows that the servant approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: Symbolic Action)

προσεκύνει αὐτῷ

“before the king”

Matthew 18:27

σπλαγχνισθεὶς

“he felt compassion for the servant”

ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν

“let him go”

Matthew 18:28

Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: Parables)

ἑκατὸν δηνάρια

“100 denarii” or “one hundred days’ wages” (See: Biblical Money and Numbers)

κρατήσας αὐτὸν

“The first servant grasped his fellow servant”

κρατήσας

“took hold of” or “grabbed”

Matthew 18:29

πεσὼν

This shows that the fellow servant approached the first servant in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in Matthew 18:26. (See: Symbolic Action)

παρεκάλει αὐτὸν

“and begged him”

Matthew 18:30

Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: Parables)

ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν

“the first servant went and threw his fellow servant into prison”

Matthew 18:31

οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ

“other servants”

διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν

“told the king”

Matthew 18:32

Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: Parables)

τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ

“Then the king called the first servant”

παρεκάλεσάς με

“you begged me”

Matthew 18:33

οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι…σὲ ἠλέησα?

The king uses a question to scold the first servant. Alternate translation: “You should have…you!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 18:34

This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 18:1, where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven.

Jesus concludes his parable about forgiveness and reconciliation.

ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ

“The king”

παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν

“gave him over.” Most likely the king himself did not take the first servant to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his servants to give him over” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τοῖς βασανισταῖς

“to those who would torture him”

τὸ ὀφειλόμενον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first servant owed the king” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 18:35

ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν

All occurrences of these words are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: Forms of You)

ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν

Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. The phrase “from your heart” is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: Metonymy and Idiom)

Matthew 19

Matthew 19 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Divorce

Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong (Matthew 19:3-12). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Metonymy

Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven (Matthew 1:12).

Matthew 19:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 22:46, which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: Background Information)

ἐγένετο, ὅτε

This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “When” or “After”

ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους

Here “words” refers to what Jesus taught starting in Matthew 18:1. Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: Metonymy)

ἀπὸ

“walked away from” or “left”

Matthew 19:3

Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.

προσῆλθον αὐτῷ

“came to Jesus”

πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες

Here “tested” is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”

Matthew 19:4

οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς?

Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 19:5

In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.

καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου…εἰς σάρκα μίαν?

This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And surely you know that God also said that for this reason…flesh” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἕνεκα τούτου

This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.

κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ

“stay close to his wife” or “live with his wife”

ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν

This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 19:6

ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία

This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 19:7

λέγουσιν αὐτῷ

“The Pharisees said to Jesus”

ἐνετείλατο

“command us Jews”

βιβλίον ἀποστασίου

This is a document that legally ends the marriage.

Matthew 19:8

πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν

The phrase “hardness of heart” is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: Metaphor)

τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν

Here “you” and “your” are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: Forms of You)

ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ

Here “beginning” refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:9

λέγω…ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

γαμήσῃ ἄλλην

You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “marries another woman” (See: Ellipsis)

καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται

Many early texts do not include these words. (See: Textual Variants)

Matthew 19:11

δέδοται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom God allows” or “whom God enables” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 19:12

εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως

You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: Active or Passive)

εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς

Possible meanings are (1) “men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts” or (2) “men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure.” (See: Metaphor)

διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: Metonymy)

χωρεῖν, χωρείτω

“accept this teaching…accept it”

Matthew 19:13

Jesus receives and blesses little children.

προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 19:14

ἄφετε

allow

μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με

“do not stop them from coming to me”

τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: Metonymy)

τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

“belongs to those who are like children.” This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. (See: Simile)

Matthew 19:16

Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.

ἀγαθὸν

This means a thing that pleases God.

Matthew 19:17

τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ?

Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός

“God alone is completely good”

εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν

“to receive eternal life”

Matthew 19:19

ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου

The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.

Matthew 19:21

εἰ θέλεις

“If you want”

πτωχοῖς

This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς

The phrase “treasure in heaven” is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in heaven” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 19:23

Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter God’s kingdom” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:24

ὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν…τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ

Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: Hyperbole)

τρήματος ῥαφίδος

the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed

Matthew 19:25

ἐξεπλήσσοντο

“the disciples were amazed.” It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι?

The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: Rhetorical Question and Active or Passive)

Matthew 19:27

ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα

“we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”

τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν?

“What good thing will God give us?”

Matthew 19:28

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ

“in the new time.” This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ

Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “sits as king on his glorious throne” or “rules gloriously as king” (See: Metonymy)

καθήσεσθε…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους

Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: Metonymy)

τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ

Here “tribes” refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 19:29

ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός

Here “name” refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: Metonymy)

ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται

“receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up” (See: Numbers)

ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει

This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 19:30

πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι

Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”

Matthew 20

Matthew 20 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The parable of the landowner and his vineyard

Jesus tells this parable (Matthew 20:1-16) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.

Matthew 20:1

Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.

ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in Matthew 13:24. (See: Parables)

Matthew 20:2

συμφωνήσας

“After the landowner had agreed”

δηναρίου

This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: Biblical Money)

ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ

“he sent them to work in his vineyard”

Matthew 20:3

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

καὶ ἐξελθὼν

“The landowner went out again”

τρίτην ὥραν

The third hour is around nine in the morning. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς

“standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”

τῇ ἀγορᾷ

a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items

Matthew 20:5

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

πάλιν ἐξελθὼν

“Again the landowner went out”

περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν

The sixth hour is around noon. The ninth hour is around three in the afternoon. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως

This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.

Matthew 20:6

τὴν ἑνδεκάτην

This is about five in the afternoon. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

ἑστῶτας

“not doing anything” or “not having any work”

Matthew 20:8

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων

You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”

Matthew 20:9

οἱ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the landowner hired” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 20:10

δηνάριον

This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 20:11

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

λαβόντες

“When the workers who had worked the longest received”

τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου

“the vineyard owner”

Matthew 20:12

ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας

“you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”

τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα

The phrase “borne the burden of the day” is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “we who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 20:13

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

ἑνὶ αὐτῶν

“one of the workers who had worked the longest”

ἑταῖρε

Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.

οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι

The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

δηναρίου

This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 20:15

Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: Parables)

ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς?

The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι?

The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 20:16

οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι

Here “first” and “last” refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in Matthew 19:30. Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”

οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι

Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘So the last will be first’”

Matthew 20:17

Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.

ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα

Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.

Matthew 20:18

ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν

Jesus uses the word “See” to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.

ἀναβαίνομεν

Here “we” refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: Inclusive and Exclusive “We”)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

κατακρινοῦσιν

The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.

Matthew 20:19

καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι

The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the Gentiles, and the Gentiles will mock him.

μαστιγῶσαι

“to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”

τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ

“Third” is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται

Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἀναστήσεται

The words “be raised up” are an idiom for “be made alive again.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 20:20

In response to the question that the mother of two of the disciples asks, Jesus teaches his disciples about authority and serving others in the kingdom of heaven.

τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου

This refers James and John.

Matthew 20:21

ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου

These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: Metonymy)

ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου

Here “kingdom” refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 20:22

οὐκ οἴδατε

Here “you” is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: Forms of You)

δύνασθε

Here “you” is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: Forms of You)

πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν

To “drink the cup” or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: Idiom)

λέγουσιν

“The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”

Matthew 20:23

τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε

To “drink a cup” or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: Idiom)

δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων

These refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in Matthew 20:21. (See: Metonymy)

οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: Active or Passive)

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 20:24

ἀκούσαντες

“heard what James and John had asked Jesus”

ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν

If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples were angry. Alternate translation: “they were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 20:25

Jesus finishes teaching his disciples about authority and serving others.

προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς

“called the twelve disciples”

οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν

“the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”

οἱ μεγάλοι

“the important men among the Gentiles”

κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν

“have control over the people”

Matthew 20:26

ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ

“whoever wants” or “whoever desires”

Matthew 20:27

εἶναι πρῶτος

“to be important”

Matthew 20:28

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι

You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: Ellipsis)

καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν

Jesus’ life being a “ransom” is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: Metaphor)

καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ

To give one’s live is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: Idiom)

ἀντὶ πολλῶν

You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “for many people” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 20:29

This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.

ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν

This refers to the disciples and Jesus.

ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ

“followed Jesus”

Matthew 20:30

ἀκούσαντες

“When the two blind men heard”

παράγει

“was walking by them”

Υἱὸς Δαυείδ

Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.

Matthew 20:32

ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς

“called to the blind men”

τί θέλετε

“do you want”

Matthew 20:33

ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν

The men speak of becoming able to see as if there eyes were to be opened. Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: Metaphor and Ellipsis)

Matthew 20:34

σπλαγχνισθεὶς

“having compassion” or “feeling compassion for them”

Matthew 21

Matthew 21 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

The donkey and the colt

Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15)

Hosanna

This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”

No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.

Matthew 21:1

This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.

Βηθφαγὴ

This is a village near Jerusalem. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 21:2

ὄνον δεδεμένην

You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: Active or Passive)

δεδεμένην

You can make explicit how the donkey is tied. Alternate translation: “tied up there to a post” or “tied up there to a tree” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

πῶλον

young male donkey

Matthew 21:4

Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.

τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

διὰ τοῦ προφήτου

There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 21:5

τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών

The “daughter” of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”

Σιών

This is another name for Jerusalem.

ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου

The phrase “on a colt, the foal of a donkey” is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”

Matthew 21:7

τὰ ἱμάτια

These were outer clothing or long coats.

Matthew 21:8

ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ

These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Symbolic Action)

Matthew 21:9

ὡσαννὰ

This word means “save us,” but it can also mean “praise God!”

τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ

Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.

ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου

Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: Metonymy)

ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις

Here “highest” refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:10

ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις

Here “city” refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: Metonymy)

ἐσείσθη

“excited”

Matthew 21:12

In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.

This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.

εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν

Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας

Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.

Matthew 21:13

λέγει αὐτοῖς

“Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”

γέγραπται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My house will be” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ οἶκός μου

Here “My” refers to God and “house” refers to the temple.

οἶκος προσευχῆς

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: Idiom)

σπήλαιον λῃστῶν

Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 21:14

τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ

These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

χωλοὶ

those who have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult

Matthew 21:15

In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.

τὰ θαυμάσια

“the wonderful things” or “the miracles.” This refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in Matthew 21:14.

ὡσαννὰ

This word means “save us” but can also mean “praise God!” See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9.

τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ

Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9.

ἠγανάκτησαν

It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 21:16

ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?

The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…αἶνον?

Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: “Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures…praise.’” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον

The phrase “out of the mouths” refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:17

καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς

“Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”

Matthew 21:18

Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.

Matthew 21:19

ἐξηράνθη

died and dried up

Matthew 21:20

πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ?

The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἐξηράνθη

“dry up and die”

Matthew 21:21

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε

Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: Doublet)

κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν

You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations and Active or Passive)

γενήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will happen” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 21:23

This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.

ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν

It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ταῦτα

This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.

Matthew 21:25

Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.

πόθεν ἦν?

“where did he get the authority to do that?”

ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?

This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἐξ οὐρανοῦ

Here “heaven” refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: Metonymy)

διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?

The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 21:26

ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,

This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον

“we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”

πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην

“they believe John is a prophet”

Matthew 21:28

Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: Parables)

τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ

Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 21:29

μεταμεληθεὶς

This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 21:31

λέγουσιν

“The chief priests and elders said”

λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς

“Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ

Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: Metonymy)

προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς

Possible meanings are (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.

Matthew 21:32

ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς

Here “you” is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: Forms of You)

ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης

This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: Idiom)

οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ

Here “you” is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 21:33

To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: Parables)

οἰκοδεσπότης

“a person who owned a piece of property”

φραγμὸν

“a wall” or “a fence”

ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν

“dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”

ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς

The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.

γεωργοῖς

These were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.

Matthew 21:35

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ

“the landowner’s servants”

Matthew 21:38

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

Matthew 21:40

οὖν

The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but it is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.

Matthew 21:41

λέγουσιν αὐτῷ

Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”

Matthew 21:42

Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.

Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.

λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς

It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make “them” specific, use the same audience as you did in Matthew 21:41.

οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε…ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν?

Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read…eyes.’” (See: Rhetorical Question)

λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας

Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: Metaphor)

ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has become the cornerstone” (See: Active or Passive)

παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη

“The Lord has caused this great change”

ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν

Here “in our eyes” refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 21:43

λέγω ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὑμῖν

Here “you” is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: Forms of You)

ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει

Here “kingdom of God” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” or “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: Metonymy and Active or Passive)

ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς

“Fruits” here is a metaphor for “results” or outcome.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 21:44

ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται

Here, “this stone” is the same stone as in Matthew 21:42. This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: Metaphor and Active or Passive)

ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν

This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: Parallelism and Metaphor)

Matthew 21:45

The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.

τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ

“Jesus’ parables”

Matthew 22

Matthew 22 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

Wedding Feast

In the parable of the wedding feast (Matthew 22:1-14), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Implicit information

Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” (Matthew 22:4), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.

Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” (Matthew 22:45).

Matthew 22:1

To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: Parables)

αὐτοῖς

“to the people”

Matthew 22:2

ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24.

Matthew 22:3

τοὺς κεκλημένους

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:4

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις

This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations and Active or Passive)

ἰδοὺ

“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα

It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Active or Passive)

οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ

“My best oxen and calves for eating”

Matthew 22:5

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες

“But the guests the king invited ignored the invitation”

Matthew 22:7

ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους

It is implied that the king’s soldiers killed the murderers. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 22:8

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

οἱ…κεκλημένοι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:9

τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν

“where the main roads of the city cross.” The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people.

Matthew 22:10

πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς

“both the good people and the bad people”

καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ γάμος

a large room

Matthew 22:11

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

Matthew 22:12

πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου?

The king uses a question to scold the guest. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὁ…ἐφιμώθη

“the man was silent”

Matthew 22:13

Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.

διακόνοις, δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας

“Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”

τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον

Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων

“Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 22:14

πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: Active or Passive)

γάρ

This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.

Matthew 22:15

This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.

ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ

“how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”

Matthew 22:16

τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν

The disciples of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The Herodians supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Ἡρῳδιανῶν

These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: How to Translate Names)

οὐ γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων

“you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”

Matthew 22:17

δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι

People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 22:18

τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί?

Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 22:19

δηνάριον

This was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 22:20

αὐτοῖς

Here “them” refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.

τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή?

Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 22:21

Καίσαρος

You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: Ellipsis)

τὰ Καίσαρος

“things that belong to Caesar”

τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ

“things that belong to God”

Matthew 22:23

The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.

Matthew 22:24

Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ

The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what Moses had written in the scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, this could be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ

Here “his” refers to the dead man.

Matthew 22:25

The Sadducees continue asking Jesus a question.

ὁ πρῶτος

“The oldest” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 22:26

ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά

“the next oldest…the next oldest…the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother…that brother’s oldest younger brother…the youngest” (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 22:27

ὕστερον…πάντων

“After every brother had died”

Matthew 22:28

οὖν

Here the Sadducees shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.

ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει

“when dead people come back to life”

Matthew 22:29

πλανᾶσθε

It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ

“what God is able to do”

Matthew 22:30

ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει

“when dead people rise back to life”

οὔτε γαμοῦσιν

“people will not marry”

οὔτε γαμίζονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:31

Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.

οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε…τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος

Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: “I know you have read…God. You know that he said,” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 22:32

Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.

ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς…Ἰακώβ?

This is the end of the question that begins with the words “have you not read” in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what…Jacob.’” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations and Rhetorical Question)

νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων

These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 22:34

A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.

Matthew 22:35

νομικὸς

“an expert in the law.” This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.

Matthew 22:37

Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.

ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου

These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” Here “heart” and “soul” are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: Metonymy and Doublet)

Matthew 22:38

ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή

Here “great” and “first” mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: Doublet)

Matthew 22:39

Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.

τὸν πλησίον σου

Here “neighbor” means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.

Matthew 22:40

ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται

Here the phrase “the whole law and the prophets” refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 22:41

Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.

Matthew 22:42

υἱός…τοῦ Δαυείδ

In both of these “son” means “descendant.”

Matthew 22:43

Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”

πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν

Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι

“David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring.” This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.

καλεῖ…αὐτὸν

Here “him” refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.

Matthew 22:44

εἶπεν Κύριος

Here “Lord” refers to God the Father.

τῷ Κυρίῳ μου

Here “Lord” refers to the Christ. Also, “my” refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.

κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου

To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: Symbolic Action)

ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 22:45

This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 19:1, that tells of Jesus ministering in Judea.

This is the end of the account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions.

εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?

Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν?

David referred to Jesus as “Lord” because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.

Matthew 22:46

ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον

Here “word” refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: Metonymy)

ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι

It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23

Matthew 23 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

Hypocrites

Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times (Matthew 23:13) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Name calling

In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” (Matthew 23:16-17). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.

Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” (Matthew 23:11-12).

Matthew 23:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through Matthew 25:46, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.

Matthew 23:2

ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν

Here “seat” represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23:3

πάντα οὖν ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε

“all the things…do them and observe them” or “everything…do it and observe it”

Matthew 23:4

δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά

Here “bind heavy burdens…put them on people’s shoulders” is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And “will not move a finger” is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: Metaphor and Idiom)

Matthew 23:5

πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: Active or Passive)

πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα

Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

φυλακτήρια

small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it

μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα

The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.

Matthew 23:6

Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees.

τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας

Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.

Matthew 23:7

ταῖς ἀγοραῖς

large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items

καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 23:8

ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: Active or Passive)

ὑμεῖς

All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: Forms of You)

ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε

Here “brothers” means “fellow believers.”

Matthew 23:9

Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: Hyperbole)

εἷς γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ Πατὴρ

“Father” here is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 23:10

μηδὲ κληθῆτε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: Active or Passive)

ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός

When Jesus said “the Christ,” he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 23:11

ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν

“the person who is most important among you”

ὑμῶν

Here “you” is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 23:12

ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν

“makes himself important”

ταπεινωθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: Active or Passive)

ὑψωθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 23:13

Jesus speaks of the kingdom of heaven as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” Also, since the words “kingdom of heaven,” which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: Metaphor and Metonymy)

Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.

οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν

“How terrible it will be for you!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.

κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν

Jesus is speaking of the kingdom of heaven, which is God ruling over his people, as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven…you do not enter it…neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” or “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king…you do not accept him as king…and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: Metaphor and Metonymy)

Matthew 23:15

περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν

This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: Idiom)

ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον

“to make one person accept your religion”

υἱὸν Γεέννης

Here “son of” is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 23:16

ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ

The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in Matthew 15:14. (See: Metaphor)

ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν

“by the temple does not have to keep his oath”

ὀφείλει

“is tied to his oath.” The phrase “bound to his oath” is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:17

μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί!

The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: Metaphor)

τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν?

Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν

“the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”

Matthew 23:18

καί

The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: Ellipsis)

οὐδέν ἐστιν

“he does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “he does not have to keep his oath”

τῷ δώρῳ

This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.

ὀφείλει

“is tied to his oath.” Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: “must do what he promised to do” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:19

τυφλοί

The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: Metaphor)

τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον?

Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον

“the altar that makes the gift special to God”

Matthew 23:20

ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ

“by all the gifts that people have placed on it”

Matthew 23:21

τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν

God the Father

Matthew 23:22

τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ

God the Father

Matthew 23:23

οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!

“How terrible it will be for you…hypocrites!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.

τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον

These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: Translate Unknowns)

ἀφήκατε

“you have not obeyed”

τὰ βαρύτερα

“the more important matters”

ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι

“You ought to have obeyed these more important laws”

κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι

This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: Double Negatives)

Matthew 23:24

ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί!

Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in Matthew 15:14. (See: Metaphor)

οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες!

Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: Metaphor and Hyperbole)

οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα

This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.

κώνωπα

a small flying insect

Matthew 23:25

οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί!

“How terrible it will be for you…hypocrites!” See how you translated this in Matthew 11:21.

ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας

This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: Metaphor)

γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας

“they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”

Matthew 23:26

Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ!

The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: Metaphor)

καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς…καθαρόν

This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:27

παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας

This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: Simile)

τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις

“tombs that someone has painted white.” The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 23:29

τῶν δικαίων

This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 23:30

ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν

“during the time of our forefathers”

οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν

“we would not have joined with them”

ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν

Here “blood” refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: “killing” or “murdering” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23:31

υἱοί ἐστε

Here “sons” means “descendants.”

Matthew 23:32

καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν

Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “You also finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 23:33

ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν

Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: Doublet and Metaphor)

γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν

Here “offspring” means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Matthew 3:7.

πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης?

Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 23:34

Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.

ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς

Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”

Matthew 23:35

ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

The phrase “upon you will come” is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that has been shed on the earth” represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: Idiom and Metonymy)

ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος

Here the word “blood” represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder…to the murder” (See: Metonymy)

Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου

Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: Merism)

Ζαχαρίου

This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.

ὃν ἐφονεύσατε

Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.

Matthew 23:36

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 23:37

Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.

Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ

Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: Apostrophe and Metonymy)

τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: Active or Passive)

τὰ τέκνα σου

Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her children. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: Metaphor)

ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας

This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: Simile)

ὄρνις

a female chicken. You can translate with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: Translate Unknowns)

Matthew 23:38

ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος

“God will leave your house, and it will be empty”

ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν

Possible meanings are (1) “the city of Jerusalem” or (2) “the temple.” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 23:39

λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου!

Here “in the name” means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in Matthew 21:9. Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24

Matthew 24 General Notes

Structure and formatting

In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: prophet, prophecy, prophesy, seer, prophetess)

Special concepts in this chapter

“The end of the age”

In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: Symbolic Prophecy)

The example of Noah

In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

“Let”

The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.

Matthew 24:1

Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.

ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ

It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 24:2

οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα?

Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται

It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:3

τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος?

Here “your coming” refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: “What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 24:4

βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ

Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:5

πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου

Here “name” refers to “in the authority” or “as the representative” of someone. Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: Metonymy)

πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν

Here “leads you astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:6

ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:7

ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν

Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: Parallelism and Metonymy)

Matthew 24:8

ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων

This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:9

παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς

“people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”

ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν

Here “nations” is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: Active or Passive and Metonymy)

διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου

Here “name” refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:11

ἐγερθήσονται

“Rise” here is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: Idiom)

καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς

Here “lead…astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and deceive many people” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:12

τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν

The abstract noun “lawlessness” can be translated with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: Abstract Nouns)

ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν

Possible meanings are (1) “many people will no longer love other people” or (2) “many people will no longer love God.” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 24:13

ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας

“the person who stays faithful”

εἰς τέλος

It is not clear whether the word “end” refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.

τέλος

“the end of the world” or “the end of the age”

Matthew 24:14

κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: Metonymy and Active or Passive)

πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν

Here, “nations” stands for people. Alternate translation: “all people in all places” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:15

τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω

This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.

Matthew 24:17

ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος

Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.

Matthew 24:19

ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις

This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: Euphemism)

ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις

“at that time”

Matthew 24:20

ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν

“that you will not have to flee” or “that you will not have to run away”

χειμῶνος

“the cold season”

Matthew 24:22

εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ

This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten the time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: Double Negatives)

σάρξ

“people.” Here, “flesh” is poetic way of saying all people. (See: Synecdoche)

κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:23

Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.

μὴ πιστεύσητε

“do not believe the false things they have said to you”

Matthew 24:24

ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς

Here “lead astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:26

ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ

This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις

This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room,” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις

“in a secret room” or “in secret places”

Matthew 24:27

ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται…οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία

This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: Simile)

τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:28

ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί

This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. Possible meanings are (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: Proverbs)

οἱ ἀετοί

birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures

Matthew 24:29

εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος

“as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”

τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων

“that time of suffering”

ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: Active or Passive)

αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:30

τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ

Here “tribes” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all the people of the tribes” or “all the people” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:31

ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης

“He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”

ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἐπισυνάξουσιν

“his angels will gather”

τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ

These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.

ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν

Both of these mean the same thing. They are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: Parallelism and Idiom)

Matthew 24:33

ἐγγύς ἐστιν

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἐπὶ θύραις

“close to the gates.” Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 24:34

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη

Here “pass away” is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: Euphemism)

ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη

Possible interpretations are (1) “all people alive today,” referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or (2) “all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen.” Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.

ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται

“until God causes all these things to happen”

παρέλθῃ

“disappear” or “someday no longer exist”

Matthew 24:35

ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται

The words “heaven” and “earth” are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: Synecdoche)

οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν

Here “words” refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 24:36

τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας

Here “day” and “hour” refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: Metonymy)

οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός

“not even the Son”

Υἱός

This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Πατὴρ

This is an important title for God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 24:37

ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

“At the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”

τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:39

καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν

This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The people did not realize anything was happening”

ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”

Matthew 24:40

Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.

τότε

This is when the Son of Man comes.

εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται

Possible meanings are (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:42

οὖν

“Because what I have just said is true”

γρηγορεῖτε

“pay attention”

Matthew 24:43

ὅτι εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης,…διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ

Jesus uses a parable of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: Parables)

ὁ κλέπτης

Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: Metaphor)

ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν

“he would have guarded his house”

οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:44

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 24:45

Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.

τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν…ἐν καιρῷ?

Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master…time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master…time.” (See: Rhetorical Question)

τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν

“give the people in the master’s home their food”

Matthew 24:47

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 24:48

Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: Proverbs)

εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ

Here “heart” refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “thinks in his mind” (See: Metonymy)

χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 24:50

ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει

Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: Parallelism)

Matthew 24:51

διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν

This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: Idiom)

τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει

“put him with the hypocrites” or “send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”

ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων

“Grinding of teeth” here is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 25

Matthew 25 General Notes

Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.

Special concepts in this chapter

The parable of the ten virgins

Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins (Matthew 25:1-13) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.

When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: Symbolic Prophecy)

Matthew 25:1

Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: Parables)

ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν

Here “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase “kingdom of heaven” is used only in Matthew. If possible, use “heaven” in your translation. See how you translated this in Matthew 13:24. Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: Metonymy)

λαμπάδας

These could have been (1) lamps or (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.

Matthew 25:2

πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν

“Five of the virgins”

Matthew 25:3

οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον

“had with them only the oil in their lamps”

Matthew 25:5

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.

χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι

“all ten virgins got sleepy”

Matthew 25:6

κραυγὴ γέγονεν

“someone shouted”

Matthew 25:7

Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: Parables)

ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν

“adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”

Matthew 25:8

αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον

These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 25:10

Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: Parables)

ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν

“the five foolish virgins went away”

ἀγοράσαι

The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: Ellipsis)

αἱ ἕτοιμοι

These are the virgins who had extra oil.

ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 25:11

ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν

This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:12

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what the master says next.

οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς

“I do not know who you are.” This is the end of the parable.

Matthew 25:13

οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν

Here “day” and “hour” refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: Metonymy and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:14

Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: Parables)

ὥσπερ

The word “it” here refers to the kingdom of heaven (Matthew 13:24).

ἀποδημῶν

“was ready to go” or “was to go soon”

παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ

“put them in charge of his wealth”

τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ

“his property”

Matthew 25:15

πέντε τάλαντα

“five talents of gold.” Avoid translating this into modern money. A “talent” of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: Biblical Money)

ᾧ δὲ δύο…ἕν

The word “talents” is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to another he gave two talents of gold…gave one talent of gold” or “to another he gave two bags of gold…gave one bag of gold” (See: Ellipsis)

κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν

The implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 25:16

ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα

“out of his investments, he earned another five talents”

Matthew 25:17

Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: Parables and Biblical Money)

ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο

“earned another two talents”

Matthew 25:19

Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: Parables and Biblical Money)

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.

Matthew 25:20

πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα

“I have earned five more talents”

τάλαντα

A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:15. (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 25:21

εὖ

“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.

εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου

The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: Idiom and First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 25:22

Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: Parables and Biblical Money)

δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα

“I have earned two more talents”

Matthew 25:23

εὖ

“You have done well” or “You have done right.” Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:21.

εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου

The phrase “Enter into the joy” is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” See how you translated this in Matthew 25:21. (See: Idiom and First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 25:24

Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: Parables and Biblical Money)

θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας

The words “reap where you did not sow” and “harvest where you did not scatter” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: Parallelism and Metaphor)

διεσκόρπισας

“scatter seed.” This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.

Matthew 25:25

ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν

“Look, here is what is yours”

Matthew 25:26

Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: Parables)

πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις

“You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew”

θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα

The words “reap where I have not sowed” and “harvest where I have not scattered” mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:24, where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: Parallelism and Metaphor)

Matthew 25:27

ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν

The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “received back my own money” (See: Ellipsis)

τόκῳ

payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money

Matthew 25:28

Jesus concludes the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: Parables and Biblical Money)

ἄρατε οὖν…τὸ τάλαντον

The master is speaking to other servants.

τὸ τάλαντον

A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in Matthew 25:15. (See: Biblical Money)

Matthew 25:29

τῷ…ἔχοντι

It is implied that the person who possesses something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “who uses well what he has” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

καὶ περισσευθήσεται

“even much more”

τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος

It is implied that the person does possess something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “from anyone does not use well what he has” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

ἀρθήσεται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 25:30

τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον

Here “outer darkness” is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: Metonymy)

ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων

“Grinding of teeth” is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in Matthew 8:12. Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 25:31

Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 25:32

καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He will gather all the nations before him” (See: Active or Passive)

ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ

“In front of him”

πάντα τὰ ἔθνη

Here “nations” refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: Metonymy)

ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων

Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: Simile)

Matthew 25:33

καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων

This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: Metaphor)

Matthew 25:34

ὁ Βασιλεὺς…δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ

Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King,…my right hand” (See: First, Second or Third Person)

δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: Active or Passive)

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: Active or Passive)

κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: Metonymy)

ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου

“since he first created the world”

Matthew 25:37

οἱ δίκαιοι

This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

ἢ διψῶντα

The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:38

ἢ γυμνὸν

This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:40

ὁ Βασιλεὺς

This is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς

“say to those at his right hand”

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This emphasizes what the King says next.

ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων

“one of the least important”

τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου

Here “brothers” refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: When Masculine Words Include Women)

ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε

“I consider that you did it for me”

Matthew 25:41

τότε ἐρεῖ

“Then the King will.” Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

κατηραμένοι

“you people whom God has cursed”

τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the eternal fire that God has prepared” (See: Active or Passive)

τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ

his helpers

Matthew 25:43

γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με

The words “I was” preceding “naked” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: Ellipsis)

ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ

The words “I was” preceding “sick” are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 25:44

This is the end of the part of the story that began in Matthew 23:1, where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.

Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.

ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ

“those on his left will also answer”

Matthew 25:45

ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων

“for any of the least important ones of my people”

οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.

“I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”

Matthew 25:46

καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον

“The King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”

οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν

The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: Ellipsis)

οἱ…δίκαιοι

This nominative adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 26

Matthew 26 General Notes

Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.

Special concepts in this chapter

Sheep

Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In Matthew 26:31, however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.

Passover

The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.

The eating of the body and blood

Matthew 26:26-28 describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

Judas’ kiss for Jesus

Matthew 26:49 describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.

“I am able to destroy the temple of God”

Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” (Matthew 26:61). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days (John 2:19).

Matthew 26:1

This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.

καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε

“After” or “Then, after.” This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next.

πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους

This refers to all that Jesus taught starting in Matthew 24:3.

Matthew 26:2

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

Matthew 26:3

These verses give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: Background Information)

συνήχθησαν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:4

τὸν Ἰησοῦν δόλῳ

“Jesus secretly”

Matthew 26:5

μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ

What the leaders did not want to do during the feast can be made clearer. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the feast” (See: Ellipsis)

ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ

This is the yearly Passover feast.

Matthew 26:6

This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ

It is implied that this is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:7

ἀνακειμένου

“Jesus was lying on his side.” You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat.

προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ

“a woman came to Jesus”

ἀλάβαστρον

This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: Translate Unknowns)

μύρου

oil that has a pleasing smell

κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ

The woman does this to honor Jesus.

Matthew 26:8

εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη?

The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 26:9

ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “She could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: Active or Passive)

πτωχοῖς

Here “the poor” can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 26:10

τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί?

Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

παρέχετε

All occurrences of “you” are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 26:11

τοὺς πτωχοὺς

This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: Nominal Adjectives)

Matthew 26:12

τὸ μύρον

This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in Matthew 26:7.

Matthew 26:13

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: Active or Passive)

λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:14

Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.

Matthew 26:15

κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν

“to bring Jesus to you”

τριάκοντα ἀργύρια

Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money.

τριάκοντα ἀργύρια

“30 pieces” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 26:16

ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ

“to give him over to them”

Matthew 26:17

This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

Matthew 26:18

ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου.

This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ὁ καιρός μου

Possible meanings are (1) “The time that I told you about” or (2) “The time God has set for me.”

ἐγγύς ἐστιν

Possible meanings are (1) “is near” or (2) “has come.” (See: Idiom)

ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα

“eat the Passover meal” or “celebrate the Passover by eating the special meal”

Matthew 26:20

ἀνέκειτο

Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.

Matthew 26:21

ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

Matthew 26:22

μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε?

“I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?” Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” or (2) this was a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 26:24

ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

ὑπάγει

Here “go” is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: Euphemism)

καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:25

μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί?

“Rabbi, am I the one who will betray you?” Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you” (See: Rhetorical Question)

σὺ εἶπας

This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:26

Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.

λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν

See how you translated these words in Matthew 14:19.

Matthew 26:27

καὶ λαβὼν

Translate “took” as you did in Matthew 14:19.

ποτήριον

Here “cup” refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: Metonymy)

ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς

“gave it to the disciples”

πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ

“Drink the wine from this cup”

Matthew 26:28

τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου

“For this wine is my blood”

τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης

“blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”

ἐκχυννόμενον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:29

λέγω…ὑμῖν

This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: Idiom)

ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου

Here “kingdom” refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: Metonymy)

τοῦ Πατρός μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 26:30

In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.

Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.

καὶ ὑμνήσαντες

a song of praise to God

Matthew 26:31

σκανδαλισθήσεσθε

“leave me”

γέγραπται γάρ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

πατάξω

Here “I” refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης

These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: Metaphor)

διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:32

μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με

Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: Active or Passive and Idiom)

Matthew 26:33

σκανδαλισθήσονται

See how you translated this in Matthew 26:31.

Matthew 26:34

ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι

“I tell you the truth.” This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.

πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι

Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word “rooster” in the translation. (See: Metonymy)

ἀλέκτορα

a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up

φωνῆσαι

This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.

τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με

“you will say three times that you are not my follower”

Matthew 26:36

This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.

Matthew 26:37

ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι

“he became very sad”

Matthew 26:38

περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου

Here “soul” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: Synecdoche)

ἕως θανάτου

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:39

ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ

He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: Idiom)

Πάτερ μου

This is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο

Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word “cup” is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: Metaphor)

τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο

Here “cup” is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. The contents in the cup are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: Metonymy and Metaphor)

πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ

This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 26:40

λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι

Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the “you” is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: Forms of You)

οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ?

Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 26:41

μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν

Here the abstract noun “temptation” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: Abstract Nouns)

τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής

Here “spirit” is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. “Flesh” stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: Metonymy and Synecdoche)

Matthew 26:42

ἀπελθὼν

“Jesus went away”

ἐκ δευτέρου

The first time is described in Matthew 26:39. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Πάτερ μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω

“if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it.” Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: Metaphor)

εἰ…τοῦτο

Here “this” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in Matthew 26:39. (See: Metaphor)

ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω

“unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering.” Here “it” refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in Matthew 26:39. (See: Metaphor)

γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:43

ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 26:44

ἐκ τρίτου

The first time is described in Matthew 26:39. (See: Ordinal Numbers)

Matthew 26:45

καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε?

Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα

This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: Idiom)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν

Here “hands” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: Metonymy)

ἰδοὺ

“Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

Matthew 26:47

This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.

καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος

“While Jesus was still speaking”

ξύλων

large pieces of hard wood for hitting people

Matthew 26:48

δὲ…κρατήσατε αὐτόν

Here “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: Background Information)

λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν.

This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ὃν ἂν φιλήσω

“The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”

φιλήσω

This was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.

Matthew 26:49

προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ

“Judas came up to Jesus”

κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν

“met him with a kiss.” Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas kissed Jesus.

Matthew 26:50

τότε προσελθόντες

Here “they” refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.

ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν

“grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”

Matthew 26:51

καὶ ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

Matthew 26:52

οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν

The word “sword” is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: Metonymy and Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται

“sword will die by means of the sword” or “sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”

Matthew 26:53

ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι…ἀγγέλων

Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could call…angels” (See: Rhetorical Question)

δοκεῖς

Here “you” is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: Forms of You)

τὸν Πατέρα μου

This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων

The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: Numbers)

Matthew 26:54

πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι?

Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: Rhetorical Question and Active or Passive)

Matthew 26:55

ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με?

Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: Rhetorical Question)

ξύλων

large pieces of hard wood for hitting people

ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ

It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 26:56

πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: Active or Passive)

ἀφέντες αὐτὸν

If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.

Matthew 26:57

This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.

Matthew 26:58

ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ

“Peter followed Jesus”

τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως

an open area near the high priest’s house

καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω

“Peter went inside”

Matthew 26:59

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν

Here “they” refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.

αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν

“might have a reason to execute him”

Matthew 26:60

προσελθόντες δύο

“two men came forward” or “two witnesses came forward”

Matthew 26:61

εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι…διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι.

If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy…days.” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

οὗτος ἔφη

“This man Jesus said”

διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν

“within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time

Matthew 26:62

τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?

The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”

Matthew 26:63

ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ

This is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος

Here “living” contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in Matthew 16:16.

Matthew 26:64

σὺ εἶπας

This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: Idiom)

πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε

Here “you” is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: Forms of You)

ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Possible meanings are (1) the phrase “from now on” is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or (2) the phrase “from now on” means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.

τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου

Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: First, Second or Third Person)

καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως

Here “Power” is metonym that represents God. To sit at the “right hand of God” is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: Metonymy and Symbolic Action)

ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ

“riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”

Matthew 26:65

ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ

Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: Symbolic Action)

ἐβλασφήμησεν

The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in Matthew 26:64 as a claim to be equal with God. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων?

The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

νῦν ἠκούσατε

Here “you” is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 26:67

τότε ἐνέπτυσαν

Possible meanings are (1) “Then some of the men” or (2) “Then the soldiers.”

ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ

This was done as an insult.

Matthew 26:68

προφήτευσον ἡμῖν

Here “Prophesy to us” means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.

Χριστέ

Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the Christ. They call him this to mock him. (See: Irony)

Matthew 26:69

These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.

This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

Matthew 26:70

οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις

Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.

Matthew 26:71

ἐξελθόντα δὲ

“When Peter went out”

τὸν πυλῶνα

opening in the wall around a courtyard

λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ

“said to the people who were sitting there”

Matthew 26:72

καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον.

“he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”

Matthew 26:73

ἐξ αὐτῶν

“one of those who were with Jesus”

γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ

This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”

Matthew 26:74

καταθεματίζειν

“to call down a curse on himself”

ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν

A rooster is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in Matthew 26:34.

Matthew 26:75

καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με

This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times” (See: Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 27

Matthew 27 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

“Delivered him to Pilate the governor”

The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.

The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 27:60) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

Important figures of speech in this chapter

Sarcasm

The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” (Matthew 27:29) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: Irony)

Matthew 27:1

This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν

The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:3

This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: Order of Events)

The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.

τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας

If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.

ὅτι κατεκρίθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια

This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in Matthew 26:15.

Matthew 27:4

αἷμα ἀθῷον

This is an idiom that refers to the death of an innocent person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: Idiom)

τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς?

The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 27:5

ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν

Possible meanings are (1) he threw the pieces of silver while in the temple courtyard, or (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw the pieces of silver into the temple.

Matthew 27:6

οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ

“Our laws do not allow us to put this”

βαλεῖν αὐτὰ

“put this silver”

τὸν κορβανᾶν

This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

τιμὴ αἵματός

This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: Idiom)

Matthew 27:7

τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως

This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.

Matthew 27:8

ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: Active or Passive)

ἕως τῆς σήμερον

This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.

Matthew 27:9

The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.

τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: Active or Passive)

τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: Active or Passive)

υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ

This refers to those among the people of Israel who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: Metonymy)

Matthew 27:10

συνέταξέν μοι

Here “me” refers to Jeremiah.

Matthew 27:11

This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in Matthew 27:2.

δὲ

If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.

τοῦ ἡγεμόνος

“Pilate”

αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις

Possible meanings are (1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” or (2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:12

καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:13

οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν?

Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: Rhetorical Question)

Matthew 27:14

οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν

“did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor.” This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.

Matthew 27:15

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in Matthew 27:17. (See: Background Information)

ἑορτὴν

This is the feast for the Passover celebration.

ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:16

εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον

“there was a notorious prisoner”

ἐπίσημον

well known for doing something bad

Matthew 27:17

συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the crowd gathered” (See: Active or Passive)

Ἰησοῦν, τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:18

παρέδωκαν αὐτόν

“the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him.” They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.

Matthew 27:19

καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ

“While Pilate was sitting”

καθημένου…ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος

“sitting on the judge’s seat.” This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.

ἀπέστειλεν

“sent a message”

πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον

“I have been very upset today”

Matthew 27:20

δὲ…τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν

Here “now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: Background Information)

τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:21

εἶπεν αὐτοῖς

“asked the crowd”

Matthew 27:22

τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:23

ἐποίησεν

“has Jesus done”

οἱ…ἔκραζον

“the crowd cried out”

Matthew 27:24

ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου

Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: Symbolic Action)

τοῦ αἵματος

Here “blood” refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: Metonymy)

ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε

“This is your responsibility”

Matthew 27:25

τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν

Here “blood” is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. The phrase “be on us and our children” is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: Metonymy and Idiom)

Matthew 27:26

τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν

“Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”

τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ

It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information and Metaphor )

τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας

“beat Jesus with a whip” or “whipped Jesus”

Matthew 27:27

This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.

τὴν σπεῖραν

“group of soldiers”

Matthew 27:28

καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν

“pulled off his clothes”

κοκκίνην

bright red

Matthew 27:29

στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν

“a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”

κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ

They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.

χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων

They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus “King of the Jews,” but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: Irony)

χαῖρε

“We honor you” or “May you live a long time”

Matthew 27:30

καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν

“using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”

Matthew 27:32

ἐξερχόμενοι

This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “As they came out of Jerusalem” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

εὗρον ἄνθρωπον

“the soldiers saw a man”

τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ

“whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”

Matthew 27:33

τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “place that people called Golgotha” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:34

αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “him wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: Active or Passive)

χολῆς

the bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion

Matthew 27:35

τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ

These were the clothes Jesus had been wearing. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:37

τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ

“a written explanation of why he was being crucified”

Matthew 27:38

τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:39

κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν

They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: Symbolic Action)

Matthew 27:40

εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ

They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ

This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 27:42

ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι

Possible meanings are (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: Irony)

Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν,

The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him “King of Israel,” but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: Irony)

Matthew 27:43

The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.

εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός.

This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Θεοῦ…Υἱός

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 27:44

οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:45

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης

“from about noon…for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday…until about three o’clock in the afternoon”

σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν

The word “darkness” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: Abstract Nouns)

Matthew 27:46

ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς

“Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”

Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει

These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: Copy or Borrow Words)

Matthew 27:48

εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν

Possible meanings are (1) one of the soldiers or (2) one of those who stood by and watched.

σπόγγον

This is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.

ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν

“gave it to Jesus”

Matthew 27:50

ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα

Here “spirit” refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 27:51

This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.

τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:52

καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: Active or Passive)

σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη

Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into to the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: Idiom)

κεκοιμημένων

This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: Euphemism)

Matthew 27:53

καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ…ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς

The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened (1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.

Matthew 27:54

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

οἱ…τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν

“those who were guarding Jesus.” This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Θεοῦ Υἱὸς

This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 27:56

ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου

“the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”

Matthew 27:57

This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.

Ἁριμαθαίας

This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: How to Translate Names)

Matthew 27:58

τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 27:59

σινδόνι

a fine, costly cloth

Matthew 27:60

ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ

It is implied that Joseph had workers who cut the tomb into the rock. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν

Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 27:61

ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου

“across from the tomb”

Matthew 27:62

τὴν παρασκευήν

This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.

συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον

“met with Pilate”

Matthew 27:63

ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν

“when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive”

εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι.

This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 27:64

κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: Active or Passive)

τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας

(See: Ordinal Numbers)

ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν

“his disciples may come and steal his body”

ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ

This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “his disciples may…tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης

The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: Ellipsis)

Matthew 27:65

κουστωδίαν

This consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.

Matthew 27:66

σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον

Possible meanings are (1) they put a cord around the stone and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb or (2) they put seals between the stone and the wall.

μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας

“telling the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”

Matthew 28

Matthew 28 General Notes

Special concepts in this chapter

The tomb

The tomb in which Jesus was buried (Matthew 28:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.

“Make disciples”

The last two verses (Matthew 28:19-20) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.

Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

An angel of the Lord

Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)

Matthew 28:1

This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.

ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων

“After the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία

“the other woman named Mary.” This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph (Matthew 27:56).

Matthew 28:2

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.

σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς…ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον

Possible meanings are (1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or (2) all these events happened at the same time .

σεισμὸς

a sudden and violent shaking of the ground

Matthew 28:3

ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ

“The angel’s appearance”

ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ

This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: Simile)

τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών

This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: Simile and Ellipsis)

Matthew 28:4

ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί

This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: Simile)

Matthew 28:5

ταῖς γυναιξίν

“Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”

τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they crucified” (See: Active or Passive)

Matthew 28:7

εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε

This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: Quotes within Quotes and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

ἠγέρθη

“He has come back to life”

ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν

From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.

προάγει ὑμᾶς…αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε

Here “you” is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: Forms of You)

εἶπον ὑμῖν

Here “you” is plural and refers to the women. (See: Forms of You)

Matthew 28:8

καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι

“Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”

Matthew 28:9

ἰδοὺ

The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.

χαίρετε

This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.

ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας

“got down on their knees and held onto his feet”

Matthew 28:10

τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου

This refers to Jesus’ disciples.

Matthew 28:11

This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.

δὲ

This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.

αὐτῶν

Here this refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.

ἰδού

This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.

Matthew 28:12

συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες

“decided on a plan among themselves.” The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers.

Matthew 28:13

εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων.

If your language does not allow quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came…while you were sleeping” (See: Quotations and Quote Margins and Direct and Indirect Quotations)

Matthew 28:14

καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος

“If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”

τοῦ ἡγεμόνος

“Pilate” (Matthew 27:2)

ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν

“do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”

Matthew 28:15

ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν

This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: Active or Passive)

ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας

“Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”

μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας

This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.

Matthew 28:16

This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.

Matthew 28:17

προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν

Possible meanings are (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted, or (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.

οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν

It can be stated explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information)

Matthew 28:18

ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία

This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: Active or Passive)

ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς

Here “heaven” and “earth” are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: Merism)

Matthew 28:19

πάντα τὰ ἔθνη

Here “nations” refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: Metonymy)

εἰς τὸ ὄνομα

Here “name” refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: Metonymy)

τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ

These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: Translating Son and Father)

Matthew 28:20

ἰδοὺ

“Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”

ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος

“until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”